Michael Wynn's Occult Reference Library
THE THRESHOLD,THE THRESHOLDS

Return to Occult Library Index


0 0

and the focus of the eyes will all converge upon the object you are charging or attacking. the above posture is called the sign of horus. it is also called the sign of the enterer. most adepts in the order use it as part of their daily ritual work, either at the completion of the l.b.r.p. or after each pentagram is drawn while vibrating the divine name. sign of silence the sign of the enterer of the threshold is always answered, or followed, by the sign of silence. the sign of silence is known as the sign of harpocrates. it is a fitting symbol for the secrecy we have pledged ourselves to regarding the mysteries. the sign of silence is an affirmation within the student that they choose to center themselves within the "voice of silence" the sign of silence seals the force projected from the


1 10 INITIATION CEREMONY

ith a chain. he allures him with scattered fragments of the divine body in bird and beast and flower, and he laments over him in the wind and in the sea and in the birds. when the times are ended, he will call the kerubim from the east of the garden, and all shall be consumed and become infinite and holy. receive now the secrets of this grade. the step is thus given 6 by 6 showing you have passed the threshold. the sign is given by raising the right hand to an angle of 45 degrees. it is the position in which the hierophant interposed for you between the hiereus and the hegemon. the token is given by grasping fingers, the thumb touching thumb to form a triangle. it refers to the ten sephiroth. the word is adonai ha-aretz, and means adonai the lord of the earth, to which element this grade i


18276066 GRIMM JACOB TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 1

nging up horses' heads was mentioned on p. 47. the grimnismal 10 tells ns, in osin's mansion there hung a wolf outside the door, and over that an eagle; were these mere simulacra and insignia 1 witechind says, the saxons, when sacrificing, set up an eagle over the gate: ad orientalem portam ponuntaquilam, aramque victoriae construentes; this eagle seems to have been her emblem. a dog hung up over the threshold is also mentioned, lex. alam. 102. buildings. 79 sed deprensarum passim capita omo, ferai^m arhoris ohscoenae patuiis haercntia ramis praebebant vano plausum spectacula vulgo. horrebant illic trepidi ramalia ccrvi et dirum frendentis ap)ri, fera spicula, denies, acribus exitium meditantes forte molossis. tunc qiioque sic variis arbos induta tropaeis fundebat rudibus lascivi semina ri


A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGICK SPELLS

rotection for a traveller, purification of a house or comfort for a child unhappy at school. twists of salt in silver foil hidden in the corners of a room at home or work can offer protection, as can salt in a drawstring bag carried while travelling to guard against illness, accident or harm. you can also scatter a circle of salt around a schoolbag, travel bag or briefcase, around your desk or on the threshold, to create a protective shield. you can charge pepper in the same way to make a salt and pepper floor wash for floors (this is an old afro-caribbean tradition. as you scrub or sprinkle, create the empowerment charm, for example 'salt of earth, pepper of fire, guard my home and cleanse away all harm. pepper also works wonders for keeping away the office vamp or adonis and if you think


ALEISTER CROWLEY AD MEIORUM CTHULHI GLORIAM

ew york, 1959 mythologies of the ancient world (ed) new york, 1961 sumerian mythology pennsylvania, 1972 laurent la magie et la divination chez les chaldeo-assyriennes paris, 1894 lenormant, f. science occult; la magie chez les chaldeens paris, 1874 lovecraft, h.p. tales of the cthulhu mythos new york, 1973 at the mountains of madness new york, 1973 the dunwich horror new york, 1963 the lurker at the threshold (with august derleth) new york, 1971 mason, h. gilgamesh (ed) new york, 1972 neugebauer, o. the exact sciences in antiquity new york, 1969 pritchard, j. near eastern texts relating to the old testament princeton, 1958 the chaldean oracles of zoroaster "sapere aude" new york seignobos, s. the world of babylon new york, 1975 seligmann, k. magic, supernaturalism, and religion new york


ALEISTER CROWLEY LIBER 777

taurs 26 genital system satyrs and fauns, panic-demons 27 muscular system furies, chim ras, boars (as in calydon &c. 28 kidneys, bladder &c. water nymphs, sirens, lorelei, mermaids (cf. f) 29 legs and feet phantoms, were-wolves 30 circulatory system will o the wisp 31 organs of circulation salamanders 32 excretory system ghuls, larv, corpse candles 32 bis excretory organs, skeleton the dweller of the threshold, gnomes 31 bis organs of intelligence [socratic genius] editorial note: the atus of thoth liber al, cap. i, v. 57 includes the statement: all these old letters of my book are aright: but x is not the star. this also is secret: my prophet shall reveal it to the wise. in crowley s new comment on this verse, he observes: i see no harm in revealing the mystery of tzaddi to the wise; othe


ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

hout personification, or the intervention of alien planes<matter> it may be more closely compared with initiation; for the effective element of the product is of the essence of its own nature, and inherent therein; the work similarly consists in isolating it from its accretions. now just as the aspirant, on the threshold of initiation, finds himself assailed by the "complexes" which have corrupted him, their externalization excruciating him, and his agonized reluctance to their elimination plunging him into such ordeals that he seems (both to himself and to others) to have turned from a noble and upright man into an unutterable scoundrel; so does the "first matter" blacken and putrefy as the alchemis

t serious mischief. firstly, mistakes mislead; to pollute one's view of jupiter by permitting the influence of venus to distort it may end in finding oneself at odds with jupiter, later on, in some crisis of one's work. secondly, the habit of making mistakes and leaving them uncorrected grows upon one. he who begins by "spelling jeheshua with a 'resh" may end by writing the name of the dweller on the threshold by mistake for that of his angel. 253 lastly, magick is a pyramid, built layer by layer. the work of the body of light- with the technique of yoga- is the foundation of the whole. one's apprehension of the astral plane must be accurate, for angels, archangels, and gods are derived therefrom by analysis. one must have pure materials if one wishes to brew pure beer. if one have an inco

ifferences. internal evidence indicates that most of the differences here are probably revisions of the liber rather than typographical errors. there is, however, one change which reverses meaning and one change which incorporates an editorial comment into the text. these variations are noted below> 0. this is the book of uniting himself to a particular deity by devotion. 1 "considerations before the threshold- first concerning the choice of a particular deity. this matter is of no import, sobeit that thou choose one suited to thine own highest nature. howsoever, this method is not so suitable for gods austere as saturn, or intellectual as thoth. but for such deities as in themselves partake in anywise of love it is a perfect mode. 2 "concerning the prime method of this magick art- let the

ould aid him in his work. such a disciple should be noiseless, patient, vigilant, prompt, cheerful, of gentle manner and reverent to his master, intelligent to anticipate his wants, cleanly and gracious, not given to speech, devoted and unselfish. with all this he should be fierce and terrible to strangers and all hostile influences, determined and vigorous, increasingly vigilant, the guardian of the threshold. it is not desirable that the zelator should employ any other creature than a man, save in cases of necessity. yet for some of these purposes a dog will serve, for others a woman. there are also others appointed to serve, but these are not for the zelator. 15 "tenth practice- let the zelator experiment if he will with inhalations of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, and other ga


ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK WITHOUT TEARS

a letter one day) accordingly, one finds oneself experiencing the thoughts, the feelings, the desires of a gorilla, a crocodile, a rat, a devil-fish, or what have you! one is no longer capable of human thoughts in the ordinary sense of the word; such would be wholly unintelligible. i leave the rest to your imagination; doesn't it sound to you a little like some of the accounts of "the dweller on the threshold" love is the law, love under will. fraternally, 666 chapter xxviii need to define "god "self, etc. cara soror, do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law. artless remark!8 oh you! magic without tears get any book for free on: www.abika.com 192 well, i suppose it's a gift- to stir hell to its most abysmal horror with one small remark slipped in at the end. scorpion! 8* refers to


ALEISTER CROWLEY THE OLD AND NEW COMMENTARIES TO LIBER AL

g drugs to reveal a man to himself. if this revelation declare a star, then it shines brighter ever after. if it declare a christian- a thing not man nor beast, but a muddle of mind- he craves the drug, no more for its analytical but for its numbing effect. lytton has a great story of this in 'zanoni' glyndon, an uninitiate, takes an elixir, and beholds not adonai the glorious, but the dweller on the threshold; cast out from the sanctuary, he becomes a vulgar drunkard "this folly against self" altruism is a direct assertion of duality, which is division, restriction, sin, in its vilest form. i love my neighbour because love makes him part of me; not because hate divides him from me. our law is so simple that it constantly approximates to truism "the exposure of innocence" exposure means "p


ALEISTER CROWLEY THE QABALAH

hiroth of the middle pillar. but ought we not to have some supreme name for 489, their sum, the middle pillar perfect? yet the sepher sephiroth is silent (we find only 489= lwmg \lcm, the avenger. ed) again, 111 is aleph, the unity, but also lpa, thick darkness, and sa, sudden death. this can only be interpreted as meaning the annihilation of the individual in the unity, and the darkness which is the threshold of the unity; in other words, one must be an expert in samadhi before this simple gematria has any proper meaning. how, then, can it serve the student in his research? the uninitiated would expect life and light in the one; only by experience can he know that to man the godhead must be expressed by those things which most he fears. we here purposely avoid dwelling on the mere silline


ALEISTER CROWLEY THE SWORD OF SONG

d, of the fort, colombo, on whom be peace. 755. heart.61 heart is a trifling misquotation: this poem is for publication. 810. mind the dark dorrway there !62 this, like so many other (perhaps all) lines in these poems, is pregnant with a host of hidden meanings. not only is it physical, of saying good-bye to a friend: but mental, of the darkness of metaphysics; occult, of the mystical darkness of the threshold of initiation: and physiological, containing allusions to a whole group of phenomena, which those who have begun meditaiton will recognise. similarly, a single word may be a mnemonic key to an entire line of philosophical argument. if the reader chooses, in short, he will find the entire mass of initiated wisdom between the covers of this unpretending volume. 73 tycarb o man, of a da


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 1

in the darkness like the bleached bones of a giant in the depths of a windy tomb. there is a land in which no tree groweth, and where the warbling of the birds is as a forgotten dream. there is a land of dust and desolation, where no river floweth, and where no cloud riseth from the plains to shade men's eyes from the sand and the scorching sun. many are they who stray therein, for all live upon the threshold of misery who inhabit the house of joy. there wealth taketh wing as a captive bird set free, and fame departeth as a breath from fainting lips; love playeth the wanton, and the innocence of youth is but as a cloak to cover the naked hideousness of vice; health is not known, and joy lies corrupted as a corpse in the grave; and behind all standeth the great slave master called death, a


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

et bohu "mens quasi flamma surgat, aut quasi puteus aquae quiescat "alteri modi sunt tres exempli, qui illis extra limine collegii sancti dati sunt "in hoc primo libro sunt aquae contemplationis "two are the methods of becoming god: the upright and the averse. let the "mind become as a flame, or as a well of still water" of each method are three principal examples given to them that are without "the threshold" in this first book are written the reflexions "sunt tres contemplationes quasi halitus in mente humana abysso inferni. prima, nu epsilon kappa rho omicron sigma; secunds, pi upsilon rho alpha mu iota sigma; tertia phi alpha lambda lambda omicron sigma vocatur. et hae reflexiones aquaticae sunt trium enthusiasmorum, apollonis, dionysi, veneris "tota stella est nechesh et messiach, no

roth of the middle pillar. but ought we not to have some supreme name for 489, their sum, the middle pillar perfect? yet the sepher sephiroth is silent (we find only 489= mshlm gmvl, the avenger. ed) again, 111 is aleph, the unity, but also apl, thick darkness, and asn, sudden death. this can only be interpreted as meaning the annihilation of the individual in the unity, and the darkness which is the threshold of the unity; in other words, one must be an expert in samadhi 90 before this simple gematria has any proper meaning. how, then, can it serve the student in his research? the uninitiated would expect life and light in the one; only by experience can he know that to man the godhead must be expressed by those things which most he fears. we hare purposely avoid dwelling on the mere sill

ceed from the 2 to the 0? 120 is also on, a very important name of god. 124. odn, eden. 131. smal, satan so-called, but really only samael, the accuser of the 120 brethren. unpopular with the rabbis because their consciences were not clear. samael fulfils a most useful function; he is scepticism, which accuses intellectually; conscience, which accuses morally; and even that spiritual accuser upon the threshold, without whom the sanctuary might be profaned. we must defeat him, it is true; but how should we abuse and blame him, without abuse and blame of him that set him there? 136. a mystic number of jupiter; the sum of the first 16 natural numbers. 144. a square and therefore a materialisation of the number 12. hence the numbers in the apocapyse. 144,000 only means 12 (the perfect number i


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

en. therefore i withdraw myself, as i am commanded. the desert between benshrur and tolga "december" 12, 1909, 7- 8.12 p.m. now then art thou approached unto an august arcanum; verily thou art come unto the ancient marvel, the winged light, the fountains of fire, the mystery of the wedge. but it is not i that can reveal it, for i have never been permitted to behold it, who am but the watcher upon the threshold of the aethyr. my message is spoken, and my mission is accomplished. and i withdraw myself, covering my face with my wings, before the presence of the angel of the aethyr. so the angel departed with bowed head, folding his wings across. and there is a little child in a mist of blue light; he hath golden hair, a mass of curls, and deep blue eyes. yea, he is all 132 golden, with a livi


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 1 2

e wild cursing and black magic, etc. we must hope for the osiris section to-morrow or next day. birth, death, resurrection! iao! 7.35. the sandwich duly chewed, and two coffees drunk, i resume the mystic mantra. why? because i dam well choose to. 31 7.50.'tis a rash thing to say, and i burn incense to the infernal gods that the omen may be averted; but i seem to have conquered the real dweller of the threshold once and for all. for nowadays my blackest despair is tempered by the certainty of coming through it sooner or later, and that with flying colours. 9.30. the last 3/4 hour i wasted talking to dr. r- that most interesting man. i don't mean talking; i mean listening. you are a bad, idle good-for-nothing fellow, o.m. why not stick to that mantra? 10.40. have drunk two citrons press s an

anish catamite. 1. death summons life and clears away all other forces. 2. the invocation of the word. death consecrates life, who in her whirling dance invokes that word. 3. they salute the word. the signs and m--m1 must be a chorus, if anything. 4. the miraculous appearance of iacchus, uninvoked. 40 10.50 1. the 3 questions. 2. the 4 ordeals. warning and comfort as an appeal to the officers. 3. the threshold. 1 weh note:"m--m" refers to the secret neophyte word of the a. a. the chorus of purification. the hymn "my heart, my mother! as already written, years ago. 4. at the altar. the accusation and defence as antiphonies. 5. the journey. bar and pass, and the 4 visions even as a mighty music. 6. the hanged man the descent of adonai. 7. the installation signs, etc. sealing as for opening

n a simple wandering during the practice of concentration one can very nearly always (especially with a little experience) trace the chain. with neighbourhood-concentration this is not so. perhaps there is a chain, but so great already is the power of preventing the impressions from rising into consciousness that one has no knowledge of the links, each one having been automatically slaughtered on the threshold of the consciousness. of course, the honest and wary practitioner will have no difficulty in recognising the right kind of wandering; with this explanation there is no excuse for him if he does. i have another theory, though. perhaps this is not a wandering at all, but a complete annihilation of all thought. affirming adonai, i lop off the heads of all others; and adonai's own head f

ll along? but to-night's thought struck at my own integrity, at the inmost truth of the soul and of adonai. as i said, there is no answer to it; and as these seven days have left me fairly master of the fortress, i caught him young, and assigned him promptly to the oubliette. i put down this not as a "pose" but because the business is so gigantic. it encourages me immensely; for if my dweller on the threshold be that most formidable devil, how vast must be the pylon that shelters him, and how glorious must be the temple just beyond! 9.30. it seems that there was one more mistake to make; for i've made it! i started to attempt to awaken the kundalini the magical serpent that sleeps at the base of the spine; coiled in three coils and a half around the sushumna; and instead of pumping the p

i will read through the whole record to date and see if i can find an ariadne-clue. 1.15. back, and settled to ritual-painting. 2.30. finished: bar frontispiece and colophon, which i can design and execute to-morrow. 3.0. took half an hour off, making a silly sketch of a sunset. will now read through the record, and reflect upon it. 4.15."before i was blind; now i see! yesterday i was right up to the threshold, right enough; but got turned back by the dweller. i did not see the dweller till afterwards (8.53 entry) for he was too subtle. i will look carefully back to try and spot him; for if i "knew his name" i could pass by "i.e. next time i climb up to the threshold of the pylon. i think the entries 1.25 and 3.35 a.m. explain it."hugging myself, as it were. how fatally 92 accurate! i wrot

it were. how fatally 92 accurate! i wrote it and never saw the hellish snare! i ought to have risen up and prepared myself ceremonially as a bride, and waited in the proper magical manner. also i was too pleased with the heralds of my lord's coming the vision of khephra, etc. it was perhaps this subtle self-satisfaction that lost me so i fell to the shocking abyss of last night! the dweller of the threshold is never visible until after one has fallen; he is a veiled god and smites like the evil knight in malory, riding and slaying and no man seeth him. but when you are tumbled headlong into hell, where he lives, then he unveils his face, and blasts you with its horror! very good, john st. john, now you know! you are plain john st. john and you have to climb right up again through the p

shold is never visible until after one has fallen; he is a veiled god and smites like the evil knight in malory, riding and slaying and no man seeth him. but when you are tumbled headlong into hell, where he lives, then he unveils his face, and blasts you with its horror! very good, john st. john, now you know! you are plain john st. john and you have to climb right up again through the paths to the threshold; and remember this time to mortify that self- satisfaction! go at it more reverently and humbly oh, you dog, how i loathe you for your vileness! to have risen so high, and now to be thus fallen! 4.40. the question arises: how to mortify this self-satisfaction? asceticism notoriously fosters egoism; how good am i to go without dinner! now noble! what renunciation! on the other hand

with the invisible, i found but the stagnant and bitter water of selfishness, the dead sea of the soul. for all is illusion. who saith "i" denieth adonai, save only if he mean adonai. and daleth the door of the pylon, is that tree whereon the adept of man hangeth, and daleth is love supernal, that if it be inserted in the word ani,"i, giveth adni, adonai. subtle art thou and deadly, o dweller of the threshold (p.s. this name is a bad one."dweller beside the pylon" is a better term; for he is not in the straight path, which is simple and easy and open. he is never "overcome" to meet him is the proof of having strayed. the key fits the door perfectly; but he who is drunken on the bad wine of sense and thought fumbles thereat. and of course there is a great deal of door, and very little key

why not end it all with destruction? say a great ritual of geburah, curses, curses, curses! john st. john ought not to have forgotten how to curse. in his early days at wastdale head people would travel miles to hear him! curse all the gods and all the demons all those things in short which go to make up john st. john. for "that" as he now knows is the name of the great enemy, the dweller upon the threshold. it was that mighty spirit whose formless horror beat him back, for it was he! so now to return to concentration and the will toward adonai. 10.20. one thing is well; the vow of "interpreting every phenomenon as a particular dealing of god with my soul" is keeping itself. whatever impression reaches the consciousness is turned by it into a symbol or a simile of the work. 115 11.18. t


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 2 2

pillars, whose bases are in netzach and hod at the intersection of the paths of hb:peh and hb:samekh in the symbolic gateway of occult science: as it were at the beam of the balance at the equilibrium of the scales of justice, at the point of the intersection of the lowest reciprocal path with that of hb:samekh, which latter forms a part of the middle column, being there placed as the guardian of the threshold of entrance, and the preparer of the ways for the enterer thereby. therefore the reconciler between the light and the darkness, and the mediator between the stations of the hierophant and the hiereus. his symbols and insignia are: the robe of pure whiteness; the mitre-headed sceptre; the lamen. 249 "before the face of the gods in the place of the threshold" is the name of the hegemon

her; so in the sushumna are there certain centres or chakkras, viz, muladhara, svadistthana, manipura, anahaba, visuddhi, ajna, and sahasara. for further attributions "see 777" the king of glory shall come in. tau i pass from the citrine; deep indigo is this tall column. snakes and vultures bend their hooded hate on him that would ascend. o may the four avail me! ageless woe, fear, torture throng the threshold. lo! the end of matter! the immensity of things let loose- new laws, new beings, new conditions- dire chaos; see! these new-fledged wings fail in its vaguenesses and inanitions. only my circle saves me from the hate of all these monsters dead yet animate. i match &c. 326 yesod hail, thou full moon, o flame of amethyst! stupendous mountain on whose shoulders rest the eight above. more


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 2

mpress upon the memory. yet they are seductive enough, and i am afraid that the very great majority of mystics live all their lives wandering about in this vain world of shadows and of shells. all this, too, is the pleasant aspect of the affair. here belong the awful shapes of delirium and madness, which obsess and destroy the soul that fails to control and dismiss them. here lives the dweller of the threshold, that concentration 62 into a single symbol of the despair and terror of the universe and of the self. yet on all the paths is he, ready to smite whoso falters or swerves, though he have attained almost the last height. how many have i known, like childe roland and his peers, who have come to that dark tower! one young, one brave, one pure- lost! lost! penned in the hells of matter

orn: a prison, bound :11 :aquar-:air: m: tristitia: cambiel :zazel :saturn :ius: sadness, damned: cross :12 :pisces:water: f: laetitia: amnixiel :hismael :jupiter: joy, laughing: healthy, bearded. 141 attributions of geomantic figures to planets &c "continued-:sign :el :geom.:sex: name and meaning: genius: ruler :planet: fig :13 :cauda :fire: f: cauda draconis :zazel and :zazel and:saturn :draco: the threshold :bartzabel :bartzabel:mars :nis :lower, or going out :14 :caput :earth: m: caput draconis: hismael :hismael :jupiter :draco: the head, the: and: and :venus :nis :threshold entering: kedemel: kedemel :the upper threshold :15: leo :air: m: fortuna minor: verchiel: sorath :sun: lesser fortune :lesser aid, safe: guard going out :16 :cancer:water: f: via: muriel :chashmo :moon: way, journ

ere 178 of the universe (or magical mirror in man. as it were the egg of the black swan of time, the kala hamsa, the triune m a u, or word of power or of seb, the bird of life, whose will was heard in the night of time. the total numeric value of the verse is dalet-taw-nun-tet= 4459, of which the key is 22, the number of the paths from hb:aleph to hb:taw; and the key of 22 is 4, the tetractys and the threshold of the universe. now to proceed to what i have termed the time process, the first word of the law then is bet-resh-aleph-shin-yod-taw. now in the hebrew scriptures the first word of a book is also its title. thus genesis is called by the rabbins "b'rasheth" or "in the beginning" wherefore we may regard this word as not the first word- albeit that is shadowed forth therein- but as the

on, and its taro key is the hermit and the voice of light, the prophet of the gods. thus "proclaimed is the reign of the gods of light" hb:taw is the last letter of the alphabet, the "finis, the omega, the universe, saturn, the outermost planet, and it is also taw-resh-ayin-aleph, throa, the gate of the universe; and by qabalah of nine chambers it is hb:dalet, the gateway of initiation. hence "at the threshold of the universe" 180 so the whole word reads: hb:bet this is the magical history hb:resh of the dawning of the light. hb:aleph begun are the whirling motions; hb:shin formulated is the primal fire; hb:yod proclaimed is the reign of the gods of light hb:taw at the threshold of the infinite worlds! now compare this with the particular exordium (g. d. mss. z3 .at the ending of the night

urial sign, and thoth is mercury, though on a higher plane. the hermit, with his lamp and wand, is hermes, who guides the souls of the dead, in the greek ritual of 0 degree= 0 square- p> then was the voice vibrated. hb:shin<spirit of god, second deity-name in the law, the trigrammaton, or threefold name, by which the universe came forth> then was the name declared .at the threshold of entrance, hb:taw .betwixt the universe and the infinite .in the sign of the enterer: stood thoth hb:yod .as before him the aeons were proclaimed. the positions of the last two letters of the word have been relatively changed, so as to render the meaning more harmoniously. 181 we will now proceed to the first word of the text as thus decapitated, taking b'rasheth as the title rathe


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3 2

i am made as ye! o ye of the hosts of the hotepischim! purge ye away the wrong that is in me! even as ye purged the seven glorious ones who follow after the coffin of the enshrined one, and whose places anubist hath fix d against the day of "be-with-us" o thoth! who makest truth the word of aeshoori! make my word truth before the circle of the great gods! adoration unto thee, anubi, who guardest the threshold of the universe! adoration unto thee, auramooth, purify me with the living waters! adoration unto thee, thaumaeshneith, make me holy with the hidden flame! adoration be unto thee, o dark-bright one! hoor! the prince of the city of blindness! adoration unto thee, o thmaist, truth-queen, who presidest at the balance of truth! adoration unto thee, asi; adoration unto thee, nephthyst. o

ught the danger which surrounded him he felt was greater than any that he had ever experienced before. this danger was, indeed, the seduction of things supremely material. for at this point on his journey, having mastered the three elements, he came nigh falling slave to the fourth; just as a warrior who has slain the king, and the captain of the guard, and even the chief eunuch who sleeps across the threshold of the queen's bed-chamber, may lose the kingdom he has all but won amongst the soft seducing cushions of a fair woman's couch, and only awake from his foolish sleep as the mallet drives the nail through his unguarded head. more valiant men have fallen in netzach than ever fell in malkuth, yesod, and hod combined, and more will fall in tiphereth than ever fell in netzach, and for the


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3 3

u mighty one, thou creator of all things, i renounce unto thee the green fields of the valleys, and the satyr roses of the hills, and the nymph lilies of the meer; so that i may wander through the gardens of thy splendour, and be consumed in the unutterable joy of thine everlasting rapture. 6. o my god, thou mighty one, thou creator of all things, i renounce unto thee the sorrow of my mother, and the threshold of my home, and all the labour of my father's hands; so that i may be led unto the mansion of thy light, and be consumed in the unutterable joy of thine everlasting rapture. 7. o my god, thou mighty one, thou creator of all things, i renounce unto thee the yearning for paradise, and the dark fear of hell, and the feast of the corruption of the grave; so that as a child i may be led u

thou art all and none of these in the fullness of thy not-being. 10. o thou god of the nothingness of all things! thou who art neither the traces of the chariot; nor the pole of galloping delusion: o thou who art not the pivot of the whole universe; nor the body of the woman-serpent of the stars! i deny thee by the powers of mine understanding; lead me in the unity of thy might, and draw me unto the threshold of thine all-pervading nothingness; for thou art all and none of these in the fullness of thy not-being. 11. o thou god of the nothingness of all things! thou who art neither the moaning of a maiden; nor the electric touch of fire-thrilled youth: o thou who art not found in the hardy kisses of love; nor in the tortured spasms of madness and of hate! i deny thee by the powers of mine


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3

fort to forget them, in concentrating myself upon forgetting them, i repeated them to myself ceaselessly. my catastrophe, for it was indeed a catastrophe, 75 then took a gigantic shape: despite my weakness, i resolved on vigorous action, and went to consult a chemist, for i did not know the antidotes, and i wished to go with a free and careless spirit to the circle where my duty called me; but on the threshold of the shop a sudden thought seized me, haunted me, forced me to reflect. as i passed i had just seen myself in the looking-glass of a shop-front, and my face had startled me. this paleness, these lips compressed, these starting eyes_ i shall frighten this good fellow, i said to myself, and for what a trifle! add to that the ridicule which i wished to avoid, the fear of finding peopl


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6 2

e to reach light and truth["returns to his seat [sor. gemini "plays accordingly<mercury. at the ending of the light, at the limits of the night, stood mercury before the unborn ones of time. then was formulated the universe; then came forth the gods thereof, the aeons of the bornless beyond. then was the voice vibrated; then was the name declared. at the threshold of entrance, between the universe and the infinite, in the sign of the enterer stood mercury, as before him the aeons were proclaimed. in symbols did he record them; in breath did he vibrate them; for between the light and the darkness did he stand. 99 ii "the temple in darkness" mercury. o light in light! o flashing wings of fire! the swiftest of the moments of the sea is unto thee


ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6

ght be annihilated as it is perceived or judged<eye of shiva" ed> 4. fourth point. next, let every thought be inhibited in its inception. 5. fifth point. next, let even the causes or tendencies that if unchecked ultimate in thoughts be discovered and annihilated. 6. sixth and last point. let the true cause of all<magician, or mara. also the dweller on the threshold in a very exalted sense. ed> be unmasked and annihilated. 7. this is that which was spoken by wise men of old time concerning the destruction of the world by fire; yea, the destruction of the world by fire. 8 [this and the following verses are of modern origin] let the student remember that each point represents a definite achievement of great difficulty. 9. let him not then attempt

k, and duty. let him remember that an ounce of honest pride is better than a ton of false humility, although an once of true 157 humility is worth an ounce of honest pride; the man who works has no time too bother with either. and let him remember christ's statement of the law "to love god with all thy heart, and thy neighbour as thyself" aleister crowley. 158 reviews the big stick the dweller on the threshold. robert hichens. methuen. 6"s" mr hichens once wrote "flames" this was a pretty powerful book. to-day (tempted, as i suppose, by a heavy bribe, for he is an artist in his way) he gives us this book with a title borrowed, not from lytton, whom he has obviously not read, but from some eighteenth-hand source, and contents borrowed from his own "flames" hence a tedious novel, dull novel


ALEX SANDERS THE KING OF THE WITCHES

all the other witches sit and face her. as she speaks, two male witches go to the initiate and bind his hands behind his back with cord, one end of which is then tied to his ankles. he knows he has to keep k.w.-io* 145 perfectly still at this moment for the high priestess goes towards him holding out her sword so that it touches his left breast. holdingit still, she says 'oh, thou who standeth on the threshold of the dread lords of the outer spaces, hast thou the courage to make the assay. she. presses the sword against him, adding 'for i say verily. it were better to rush on my blade and perish than to .make the attempt with fear in thy heart' with the response he has been taught, he says '1 have two perfect words, perfect love and perfect trust' replying 'all who have are doubly welcome'


ALEXANDRIAN BOOK OF SHADOWS OCCULT

ort white cord is fastened to the right ankle with ends tucked in so as not to trip c up, saying: feet neither bound nor free hps casts circle. opening ritual is followed to the end of the drawing down of the moon, but the charge is not yet declaimed. summoner fetches sword (or athame) from the altar, and opens a gate in ne. s, h, and p face c and s issues the challenge: s: o thou who standest on the threshold between the pleasant world of men and the dread domains of the lords of the outer spaces, hast thou the courage to make the assay? placing point of blade against c's heart, s continues: s: for i say verily, it were better to rush on my blade and perish, than make the attempt with fear in thy heart. c: i have two passwords. perfect love and perfect trust. s: all who have such are doub


ALICE A BAILEY01 THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE ATOM

iation going on. just where this discovery is going to lead it is impossible to tell, for the study of radio-active substances is as yet in its infancy, and little is actually known. much of the earlier teaching of physical science has been revolutionised by the discovery of radium, and the more scientists find out, the more it becomes apparent (as they themselves realise, that we are standing on the threshold of very great discoveries, and are on the eve of profound revelations. in the human being, as he evolves and develops, these two stages can equally be seen. there is the early or atomic stage, in which a man's whole centre of interest lies within himself, within his own sphere, where self-centredness is the law of his being, a necessary protective stage of evolution. he is purely sel


ALICE A BAILEY02 INITIATION HUMAN AND SOLAR

r of the solar system are but the preparatory initiations of admission into the greater lodge on sirius. we have the symbolism held for us fairly well in masonry, and in combining the masonic method with what we are told of the steps on the path of holiness we get an approximate picture. let us enlarge somewhat: the first four initiations of the solar system correspond to the four "initiations of the threshold" prior to the first cosmic initiation. the fifth initiation corresponds to the first cosmic initiation, that of "entered apprentice" in masonry; and makes a master an "entered apprentice" of the lodge on sirius. the sixth initiation is analogous to the second degree in masonry, whilst the seventh initiation makes the adept a master mason of the brotherhood on sirius. a master, theref

upon the ray of the monad, and have a definite effect upon the path for service that will be chosen later by the adept. this statement must be linked up with that earlier made, which stated that the fifth initiation made a man a member of the greater lodge, or brotherhood, on sirius, being literally the first of the sirian initiations. the fourth initiation is the synthesis of the initiations of the threshold in the sirian lodge. finally, according to the ray on which initiation is taken, so very largely depends the subsequent path of service. the day of opportunity. the question might here be asked wherein this information is of value to the student. in illustration of this it would be wise if students would ponder the significance of the coming in of the present ray of ceremonial law or


ALICE A BAILEY04 A TREATISE ON COSMIC FIRE

onnection with them, and suggest their subplane correspondence. plane sense 1. physical..hearing. 2. astral..t. ouch or feeling. 3. mental..sight. 4. buddhic..taste. 5. atmic..smell. in the two lower planes in the three worlds the astral and the physical the five subplanes of human endeavour are the five highest. the two lowest subplanes, the sixth and seventh, are what we might express as "below the threshold" and concern forms of life beneath the human altogether. we have a corroborating analogy in the fact that the two earliest root-races in this round are not definitely human, and that it is the third root-race which is really human for the first time. counting, therefore, from the bottom upwards it is only the third subplane on the physical and the astral planes which mark the commenc

effect the necessary steps which enabled the quaternary to succeed in its effort to approximate the triad. g. this fourth ether in this fourth round and on this fourth chain has to be completely mastered and controlled by the human hierarchy, the fourth creative. every unit of the human family has to attain this mastery before the end of this round. h. it is the sphere wherein the initiations of the threshold are undergone, and the fivefold initiations of the physical plane are entered upon. much more might be further added to this list, but i have sought only to point out those which can be easily realised as having a correspondence on the buddhic plane, the fourth cosmic ether. it should be borne in mind that our physical plane in its subplanes has its analogy likewise to the entire cos

he fifth plane the centre of interest for the present race and the day of its opportunity. here can be seen the awakening of the higher consciousness, and the first ripple of perception of, and vibratory response to, the causal body. in this connection, we must ever remember that the periphery of the causal body encloses the permanent atoms. it is the plane of testing, of the major initiations of the threshold; it is the battleground in man, and from this plane he must secure the right to enter the path, and procure that control over his lower bodies which will make him a master, and not a slave. thus one could progress the idea and fill many books with suggestions as to that which may be expected during the next few centuries but it does not serve any useful purpose to enlarge further. i

reverberates on the physical plane produces physical incarnation, and the sudden appearance on etheric levels of the seven centres. the building of the dense physical is the result of consequent automatic action in deva essence, for it must ever be borne in mind that man is essentially (as regards the physical plane) an etheric being, and his dense physical body is esoterically regarded as 'below the threshold' and is not considered a principle. relative permanency. in the seventh principle of all manifesting entities is stored up and developed capacity, acquired ability, and the atomic memory, or in other words the heredity of the thinker, viewing him from the physical standpoint or from the emotional. there is no permanence whatever in the sheaths; they are built into temporary forms, an

e, in the fourth kingdom, and he only begins to transcend them as he nears the path and treads it. from the standpoint of average man in physical incarnation, the egoic consciousness, within the causal periphery, is as abstract as is the logos viewed as the dweller within the system. these two and a half planes are of peculiar interest to the logos, as they embody: that which, for him, lies below the threshold of consciousness. those centres from which logoic kundalini is turning. that which is not considered a principle. that which is gradually passing into obscuration. it is impossible to enlarge further upon this mystery. 4. summary. before proceeding further, however, it might be well to sum up some of the facts anent the spirillae and the atom, and then we can take up the subject of t

ree worlds is to him now. just as the physical body of man is not a principle, so all planes at this time below the fourth cosmic ether are not considered by the logos to be a principle. our present solar angels or fire devas will then have a position analogous to that of the lunar pitris now, for all will form a part of the divine consciousness, and yet, will be esoterically considered as "below the threshold" of consciousness. man has to learn to control, guide and use the deva substances of which his lower sheaths are made; this goal involves the development of full self-consciousness, which is brought about through the agency of the solar angels or builders and vitalisers of the egoic body; they are those through whom self-consciousness becomes a fact. in the next solar system they too

this century) of two great sciences: the science of electricity. the investigations of scientists have been greatly stimulated by the discovery of radium, which is an electrical phenomenon of a certain kind, and by the knowledge this discovery brought of the radioactive substances; the development of the many methods of utilising electricity has also greatly aided. this science has brought man to the threshold of a discovery which will revolutionise world thought on these matters, and which will eventually solve a great part of the economic problem, thus leaving many more persons free for mental growth and work. this expansion of knowledge can be looked for before one hundred and fifty years have transpired- 478- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust the science of psycholog

glamour, or reflected light which intensifies the maya already created. this secondary reflection has been produced by man himself in the evolutionary attempt to balance the pairs of opposites, and has produced a condition which must be surmounted before the true occult balancing begins. it might be regarded as the sumtotal of that great manifestation (created only by man) called "the dweller on the threshold" one of the greatest impediments upon the path of return and one for which man is distinctly responsible within occult limits are those animated forms which he has produced ever since the middle of the atlantean root race when the mind factor began slowly to assume increasing importance. the selfishness, the sordid motives, the prompt response to evil impulses for which the human rac

alaya. it is this piece of creative bungling, if so it might be called, which the great ones are occupied in destroying. under the law of karma it has to be dissipated by those who have created it; the work of the masters has to be carried on, therefore, indirectly, and must take the form of illuminating the sons of men in gradually increasing degree, so that they can see clearly this "dweller on the threshold" of the new life, and the antagonist who stands between the fourth kingdom of nature and the fifth. every time a son of man stands upon the probationary path their work is facilitated, for it means that one small stream of life-energy is directed into new channels, and away from the old stream, which tends to vitalise and feed the evil form, and one more conscious assailant can be tr

sires of men are consequently- 563- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust purified and refined. the solar fires put out the lunar light, and the lower nature is eventually purified and transmuted. in time the solar angels blaze forth in all their glory through the medium of the lower nature on the physical plane, that lower nature providing fuel to the flames. the hated "dweller on the threshold" thus gradually dies for lack of sustenance, and disintegrates for lack of vitality, and man is set free. b. at present much of the manipulation of mental matter and its direction into forms of some kind or another emanates from lower levels, and is the result of powerful desire based on physical attraction. the desire bodies, and not the mental bodies of the majority of men are the

their constitution and place as builders, and of the words and sounds whereby they are directed and controlled. when the energy currents of the human family are directed from egoic levels only, when desire is transmuted, and the fifth principle awakened and finally illuminated by the sixth, then and only then will the strength of the impulse emanating from lower levels die out and the "dweller on the threshold (who now haunts the human family) likewise die. in other words, when the dense physical body of the planetary logos (composed of matter of the three worlds of human endeavour) is completely purified and vitalised by the force of the life flowing from etheric- 564- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust levels, and when all his centres (formed of human units) are fully a

ds of human endeavour) is completely purified and vitalised by the force of the life flowing from etheric- 564- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust levels, and when all his centres (formed of human units) are fully awakened, then will those centres be channels for pure force, and such an entity as the "dweller" be an impossibility. all that i have here said anent this "dweller on the threshold" of the path between the two great kingdoms, the fourth and the fifth, can be studied by the student with a personal application. facing each earnest aspirant to the mysteries is that vitalised form which he has himself constructed and nourished during the course of his previous incarnations, and which represents the sum total of his evil desires, motives and thoughts. for ages it ha

ong progressive impulse of the form activity. students can work this out in connection with: the planetary logos, as he manifests through the rounds, each one of which, in its earlier stages, recapitulates all that has previously occurred. man, in the ante-natal period, in which he runs through the various stages of development. spiritual man, as he creates that which will destroy the "dweller on the threshold" this spiral-cyclic activity, which is distinctive of all forms, can perhaps be comprehended more practically if we study it as an expression of four laws, taking each one briefly in turn: 1. the law of expansion. this law of a gradual evolutionary expansion of the consciousness indwelling every form is the cause of the spheroidal form of every life in the entire solar system. it is


ALICE A BAILEY05 THE LIGHT OF THE SOUL

cy. 2. those thought forms which are created by the race, the nation, the group or the organization. group thought forms of any kind (from the planetary form to that constructed by any band of thinkers) form the sum total of the "great illusion" herein lies a hint to the earnest aspirant. 3. that thought form created by a man since his first appearance in physical form, and called the "dweller on the threshold" being created by the lower personal self and not by the soul, it is impermanent and is simply held together by the man's lower energy. when the man begins to function as the soul this "image" he has created, through his "fancy" or his reaction to delusion, is dissipated by a supreme exertion. it has no real existence once there is nothing in the aspirant to feed it, and the realizat

nce time began, 2. the reactions to experience of the entire animal kingdom, 3. the aggregation of the thought-forms of a kamic nature (based on desire) of every human unit throughout time. herein lies the great deception of the records. only a trained occultist can distinguish between actual experience and those astral pictures created by imagination and keen desire. 4. the planetary "dweller on the threshold" with all that appertains to that term and all the aggregations of forms which are to be found in its environment. the trained seer has learnt to dissociate that which pertains to his own aura and the aura of the planet (which is in actuality the akashic record. he can distinguish between those records which are- 151- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust a. planetary, b

at the base of the spine. 4 petals, 2. the solar plexus centre. 10 petals, 3. the heart centre .1 2 petals, 4. the throat centre. 16 petals, 5. the head centre. 1000 petals. with these five, the aspirant is primarily concerned. the centre called the spleen was dominant in lemurian days but is now relegated to the domain of the fully functioning and therefore automatic centres, and has sunk below the threshold of consciousness. the centre between the eyebrows is the one through which the light in the head is cast upon things "subtle, obscure, hidden or remote" and is a result of the unfolding of the head and heart. the three major centres are so powerful in the most unevolved person even in their unopened state that they have produced physical correspondences or glands. their vibration is


ALICE A BAILEY07 FROM INTELLECT TO INTUITION

impulses of instinct and the promptings of intuition are engendered in total secrecy. when they do appear, they are necessarily almost complete, and their advent into our consciousness is sudden."3(15) and he adds in another place that intuition lies on the other side of reason to instinct. we have, therefore, this interesting triplicity instinct, intellect and intuition with instinct lying below the threshold of consciousness, so to speak, with the intellect holding the first place in the recognition of man, as human, and with the intuition lying beyond both of them, and only occasionally making its presence felt in the sudden illuminations and apprehensions of truth which are the gift of our greatest thinkers. surely there must be something more to the educational process than just fitti

who is by nature a denizen of the independent spiritual world, and whose destiny, in mystical language, is a 'return to his origin. hence an inflow of new vitality, extended powers of vision, an enormous exaltation of his intuitive powers."15(102) this immediate access to truth is the ultimate destiny of all human beings, and it seems probable that some day the mind itself will lie as much below the threshold of consciousness as the instincts now do. we shall then function in the realm of the intuition and shall talk in terms of the intuition with as much facility as we now talk in terms of the mind, and endeavor to function as mental beings. father mar chal, in studies in the psychology of the mystics, defines the intuitive perception in these terms "intuition defined in a quite general

pping the wealth of the subconscious knowledge which is his, and which he has accumulated through his reading, thinking and contacts. this mind has recorded and stored up much of which he remains for years totally unaware. then he begins to meditate and suddenly taps the depths of his own nature and penetrates to the resources of his own subconsciousness and to information which has dropped below the threshold of his ordinary consciousness. he begins to write assiduously. why he should regard these thoughts as emanating from the christ, or from some great teacher is a puzzle. it probably feeds his pride again quite unconsciously to feel he is a channel through which the christ can communicate. i am not referring here to the mass of automatic writings which are so popular now. i am supposin


ALICE A BAILEY08 A TREATISE ON WHITE MAGIC

rain cavity and throws into objectivity three fields of knowledge. this is often forgotten and hence the undue distress and premature interpretations of the partially illuminated disciple or probationer. the light first throws into relief and brings into the foreground of consciousness those thought-forms and entities which depict the lower life, and which (in their aggregate) form the dweller on the threshold. thus the first thing of which the aspirant becomes aware is that which he knows to be undesirable and the revelation of his own unworthiness and limitations, and the undesirable constituents of his own aura burst on his vision. the darkness which is in him is intensified by the light which glimmers faintly from the centre of his being and frequently he despairs of himself and descen

and through anticipation of those we foresee, the power of fear is enormously aggravated by the thought-form we ourselves have built of our own individual fears and phobias. this thought form grows in power as we pay attention to it, for "energy follows thought" till we become dominated by it. second ray people are peculiarly a prey to this. for the majority of them it constitutes the "dweller on the threshold, just as ambition and love of power, backed by frantic desire and unscrupulousness form the "dweller" for the first ray types. the crystallized thought form of intellectual achievement for selfish ends, and the use of knowledge for personality objectives stand before the portal of the path in the case of the third ray person, and unless broken up and destroyed will dominate him and t

, through hypnotism and mass suggestion he draws a veil over the world and forces men to walk in the great illusion. it is interesting to note that the work of the devil, the imprisoner of souls, is beginning to lose its power, for the race is on the verge of understanding that true death is immersion in form, and that matter is but a part of the divine whole. the thought form of this "dweller on the threshold" which humanity has built for millions of years is on the verge of destruction. but the work of anti-christ is only rising now to its height, and the delusion of riches, of possession, of false teaching will increasingly hold sway but the term of the delusion will be shorter than the term of destruction, for all these factors function under their own cycles and have their own ebb and

ight 1998 lucis trust 7. solar energy. emanating from: a. the physical sun. b. the sun, acting as a transmitter of cosmic rays. astral energy and fear the subject now to be considered is of most practical application for it concerns the astral body the body in which a man is pre-eminently polarised and of which he is more potently conscious than of any other body. the etheric body is really below the threshold of consciousness. human beings remain unaware of the passage of forces through this vehicle and the nearest they get to the recognition of it is when they speak in terms of vitality or lack of vitality. the physical body makes its presence felt when something goes wrong or through the gratification of one or other of the appetites. the situation is however different in connection wit

t and wrong activity on the physical plane is due simply to a right or wrong direction of the force currents and not to anything inherently- 171- a treatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust wrong or right in the energies themselves. i. fear. this is one of the most usual of the manifestations of astral energy, and is put first because it constitutes, for the vast majority, the dweller on the threshold and also in the last analysis is the basic astral evil. every human being knows fear and the range of the fear vibrations extends from the instinctual fears of the savage man based on his ignorance of the laws and forces of nature, and on his terror of the dark and the unknown, to the fears so prevalent today of loss of friends and loved ones, of health, of money, of popularity and o

opposite can be grouped under one of these three heads, and when one has ascertained the cause, the cures will become apparent. i have dealt somewhat at length with the two first manifestations of astral force fear fear of death, of the future, of suffering, of failure, and the many lesser fears to which humanity is subject and depression because these two fears constitute for man the dweller on the threshold in this age and cycle. both of them indicate sentient reaction to psychological factors and cannot be dealt with by the use of another factor such as courage. they must be met by the- 178- a treatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust omniscience of the soul working through the mind, not by its omnipotence. in this is to be found an occult hint. i shall not deal with the other

entres which lie above the diaphragm. the solar plexus will then again be relegated to its old function as a directing agent of the purely instinctual animal life. for the advanced pupil in the world, the solar plexus is largely the organ of psychic sensitivity and will remain so until the higher psychic powers supersede the lower and man functions as a soul. then the sensory life will drop below the threshold of consciousness. the right use of energy in considering the overcoming of wrong vibration and the right direction of astral energy it might be of value here if we were very briefly to list the major energies which impress the human organism and circulate through the sentient body of man. 1. energies passing and repassing through the sentient body of the planet itself. this is, in ot

mber of their erstwhile followers, many of great power and knowledge, fought them and thus we have one of the causes of the appearing of black and white magic, and one of the reasons of the purifying waters of the flood being deemed necessary. c. the powerful thought-forms built up in the early ibezhan mysteries and which (particularly in america) are as yet undestroyed. this gigantic "dweller on the threshold" of all the true mysteries has to be slaughtered before the aspirant can pass on. 10. the work of the ibezhan adepts and the mysteries of the temple of ibez are still persisting and are being carried on by the masters and adepts in physical incarnation throughout the world. they teach the meaning of the psyche, the ego or the soul and of the human unit, so that the man may indeed be

to a subordinate position. god, for instance, can always and eternally be aware of that reality which constitutes the self, and which governs the integrity of the solar system, and of the solar interplay with other systems, but the consciousness of divinity and the awareness of the solar deity is not primarily occupied with selfhood. that as a result of past world periods and experience is below the threshold of the divine consciousness, and has become as much a part of the cosmic instinctual nature as are any of the human instinctual attributes. the focus of the eternal attention (if i may use so unusual a phrase where words are necessarily almost worthless) lies in realms of awareness beyond our comprehension. they lie as far beyond our ken as the awareness of a master of the wisdom lie

nse to spiritual truth, a realised pleasure in forward-looking ideals, and a pleased acquiescence in the truths of the new age do not constitute discipleship. if it were so, the ranks of disciples would be rapidly filled and this is sadly not the case. it is the ability to arrive at an understanding of the next realisations which lie ahead of the human mind which marks the aspirant, who stands at the threshold of accepted discipleship; it is the power, wrought out in the crucible of strenuous inner experience, to see the immediate vision and to grasp those concepts in which the mind must necessarily clothe it, which give a man the right to be a recognised worker with the plan (recognised by the great ones, if not recognised by the world; it is the achievement of that spiritual orientation


ALICE A BAILEY09 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME I ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY I

ues of group welfare, of group integration, and of group progress are emerging. the sense of insecurity which is such a distressing aspect of the present upheaval is due simply to this destruction of the old sense of values, to that dispelling of glamour which reveals at present an unfamiliar landscape, and to the fear and instability which man feels when he comes up against the world "dweller on the threshold" this has to be broken up and destroyed, for it blocks the way to the new world of values. the great thought form which man's greed and materiality have built, down the ages, is being steadily demolished, and mankind is on the verge of a liberation which will take him on to the path of discipleship. i refer not here to the final liberation, but to that liberation which comes from a f

e fourth great sphere of harmony and pass on to the plane of mind. there they fortify the temple of the lord, illumine it with light and glory, and then they turn their eyes towards the earth- 214- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust "the lower four take form between the lives that are not human and the three groups of lives which dwell beneath the threshold. they seek to link and blend, to bridge and fuse. mankind now lives. the higher and the middle four meet in the lower four upon the fourth great globe "thee battle now proceeds. when the three groups of manifested fours can see each other in the light, and later blend their forces, the goal will be achieved "in the fourth globe of action and in the major cycle of the fourth expressio

imilarity of the ray forces should be here noted. in lemurian times, the yoga of the age which produced the required at-one-ing or unification (preceding the taking of the initiation of the time) was hatha yoga, the yoga of the physical body. this gave to the initiate the needed physical control a control which has today been so perfected in the race that it is now automatic and has slipped below the threshold of consciousness. in the great cyclic recapitulations which go on ceaselessly we see today in our aryan race a tremendous emphasis being given to physical perfection, to sport, to athletics, to dancing and to physical culture. it is the cyclic effect of the same ray forces, playing upon humanity again. the initiatory goal is today a mental at-one-ing. nevertheless, the physical react

er-mind, a curious synthesis which characterises average man today, and leads to his complicated problem. this development gave man another type of awareness. he became conscious of the sentient universe; he became sensitive to the love of god, and registered an innate reaction to the heart of god. today, under the fifth ray influence, the intellect is rapidly awakening; instinct is falling below the threshold. of consciousness; kama-manas is no longer the outstanding characteristic of the disciples of the world. the- 221- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust intellect (concrete and abstract, lower and higher) is steadily unfolding, and as it unfolds, the will, purpose and plan of the deity begin to take shape in men's minds. the secondar

we shall have a transition period again, analogous to that period wherein kama-manas was developed, and we shall then have the entire race expressing a developed synthesis of intellect-intuition, preparatory to that advanced stage which will come at the close of the next root race, the sixth. this takes us to a period ten million years hence, when the intellect will have in its turn slipped below the threshold of consciousness, as did the instinct. it will then work automatically as does man's instinctual nature, and the race will be intuitive this will really mean that the fifth kingdom in nature will be manifesting on earth, and that the kingdom of god (as the christian calls it) will have arrived. this will constitute an event of an importance equal to that of the advent of the fourth k


ALICE A BAILEY10 FROM BETHLEHEM TO CALVARY

ome distant date in humanity itself. this is the "lost word" of the masonic tradition. oriental philosophy refers frequently to four spheres of life or four problems which all disciples and aspirants have to face, and which constitute in their entirety the world in which we live. there are the world of maya, the world of glamour and the world of illusion. there is also that mysterious "dweller on the threshold" to which bulwer lytton refers in zanoni. all of these four christ met and vanquished in the desert-experience. maya refers to the world of physical forces in which we dwell, and with this the first temptation concerned itself. modern science has told us that there is nothing visible or invisible which is not energy, and that every form is simply an aggregate of energy units in const

is pride, was called into activity by the devil in the third temptation, and the illusion of temporal power to be used for right ends we may be sure was presented to him. thus the possible interior weakness of the three aspects of christ's nature was tested, and through them the vast sum total of the world maya, glamour and illusion was poured in on him. thus he was confronted with the dweller on the threshold, which is only another name for the personal lower self, regarding it as a unified whole, as is only the case in advanced people, disciples and initiates. in these three words maya, glamour and illusion we have synonyms for the flesh, the world and the devil, which constitute the threefold test that confronts every son of god on the verge of liberation "if thou be the son of god comm

ration and freedom, but immediately reorient themselves to the world of men and stay with humanity, working for the salvation of human beings until all the sons of god shall have found their way back to the father's home. this thirst for the souls of men forced christ to open the door into the kingdom, and to hold it open himself, so that it might be his hand and his aid which should lift us over the threshold. this is the redemption, and in this redemption we all share, not from the selfish angle of our individual salvation, but from the consciousness that, as we redeem are we redeemed, as we save are we ourselves salvaged, and that as we help others to achieve, we too are admitted as citizens into the kingdom. but this is the way of crucifixion. only when we can utter the five words of p


ALICE A BAILEY11 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME II ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY II

, holds in solution (if one may use so unsatisfactory a term) all the results of the lesser identifications, the various differentiations and distinctions, and the many ray instincts, impulses, and intuitions. the garnered and expressed qualities, and the possible actions and reactions and awarenesses are equally eternally present and capable of re-acquisition at will, but they are all held below the threshold of consciousness. livingness, being, wholeness and unity are the distinctive characteristics of this highly evolved stage, which is, in its turn, the foundation for that higher evolutionary cycle of which we know nothing but which is hinted at in a treatise on cosmic fire and in all references to the seven paths which open up before the adept of the fifth initiation. absorption into

s lifted and the light again pours in, the disciple sees that all that was grasped and treasured, and then lost and removed, has been restored, but with this difference that it no longer holds the life imprisoned by desire. we are treading the way that leads to the mountain top of isolation, and will find it full of terror. upon that mountain top we must fight the final battle with the dweller on the threshold, only to find that that too is an illusion. that high point of isolation and the battle itself are only illusions and figments of unreality; they are the last stronghold of the ancient glamour, and of the great heresy of separateness. then we, the beatific ones, will eventually find ourselves merged with all that is, in love and understanding. the isolation, a necessary stage, is its

ployed in handling this more difficult situation, which is only possible because the work of the masters' groups has been so effective? much may depend upon just how far we will react to this interplay and how much it will mean to us in our lives. this embodies a most practical occult method of work. the astral-physical brain reactions should be regarded as non-existent and allowed to lapse below the threshold of the group consciousness, there to die for lack of attention. the emphasis is held steadily on mental and egoic relations. c. the experimental nature of the groups i have said that these groups constitute an experiment. this experiment is fourfold in nature and a concise statement about it may clarify conjecture: i. they are an experiment in founding or starting focal points in the

nations) is preparing the way for millions to pass upon the path of purification. is this a hard saying? humanity is under right direction, e'en if, during a brief interlude, they misunderstand the process and apply wrong motives to right activities. there is a higher duality to which it is necessary that we refer. there is, for the disciples, the duality which becomes obvious when the dweller on the threshold and the angel of the presence face each other. this constitutes the final pair of opposites. the dweller on the threshold is oft regarded as a disaster, as a horror to be avoided, and as a final and culminating evil. i would here remind you, nevertheless, that the dweller is "one who stands before the gate of god, who dwells in the shadow of the portal of initiation, and who faces th

per se, is, at this stage, exceedingly potent, and the dweller embodies all the psychic and mental forces which, down the ages, have been unfolded in a man and nurtured with care. it can be looked upon as the potency of the threefold material form, prior to its conscious cooperation and dedication to the life of the soul and to the service of the hierarchy, of god, and of humanity. the dweller on the threshold is all that a man is, apart from the higher spiritual self; it is the third aspect of divinity as expressed in and through the human mechanism. this third aspect must be eventually subordinated to the second aspect, the soul. the two great contrasting forces, the angel and the dweller, are brought together face to- 190- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii

efore, has three pairs of opposites with which to deal as he progresses towards light and liberation: the pairs of opposites 1. upon the physical plane. the dense and etheric forces. these are faced upon the path of purification. 2. upon the astral plane. the well-known dualities. these are faced upon the path of discipleship. 3. upon the mental plane. the angel of the presence and the dweller on the threshold. these are faced upon the path of initiation. b. development and alignment of the bodies after these preliminary remarks, we can come now to a study of the previous tabulation in connection with the method whereby the soul appropriates the various bodies, how they are developed and inter-related, and finally how coordination and alignment is brought about. the last part of the tabula

or those who are today expressions of past- 248- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust integrations, and those who are in process of becoming thinking human beings. the two earliest integrations, between the vital body and the physical form, and between these two and the desire nature, are no longer represented. they are universal and lie below the threshold of conscious activity and far behind in racial history. the only field in which they can be studied is in those processes of recapitulatory history of infancy wherein one can see the power to move and respond to the sensory apparatus, and the power to express desire, most clearly demonstrated. the same thing can also be noticed in infant and savage races. but the third stage of integ

ious aspect of his nature, as his power to grasp the super-conscious grows in capacity. i might make this point clearer to you if i pointed out that just as the instinctual nature is today found largely in the realm of the subconscious, so in due time, the intellectual part of man (of which he is at this time becoming increasingly aware) will be relegated to a similar position and will drop below the threshold of consciousness. the intuition will then take its place. for most people, the free use of the intuition is not possible, because it lies in the realm of the super-conscious. all these movements within the realm of consciousness, from the subconscious to the- 268- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust immediately conscious and from

ion we considered in which the soul or ego was not present, reversing the condition so that there is no form life really present in the focussed consciousness- 284- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust of the man. there is only the world of souls and a desire for creative activity. the handling of daily living on the physical plane drops below the threshold of consciousness, and the man becomes a vague, impractical, visionary mystic. these states of mind are dangerous, if they are permitted to exist. there are, however, certain phases of this mental trouble which are induced by the illumination of the mind through meditation with which it might be profitable to deal. i can do so only cursorily, as the time is brief and i seek to indicat

become over developed and what are called the "lower siddhis (the lower psychic powers) begin to assert control. the man is, in reality, reverting to states of awareness and to conditions of functioning which were normal and right in atlantean times, but undesirable and unnecessary in our day. he is recovering through stimulation ancient habits of psychic awareness which should lie normally below the threshold of consciousness. the light has revealed this world of phenomena to him; he deems it desirable and interprets its activities as a wonderful spiritual development within himself. this stimulation by the mind- 288- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust (itself stimulated in meditation) as it turns downward on to the astral plane, evo

ened active reaction from the lower powers. it is as definitely a recovery and as definitely undesirable as are some of the hatha-yoga practices in india which enable the yogin to recover the conscious control of his bodily functions. this conscious control was a distinguishing mark of the early lemurian races but for ages the activity of the body-organs has lain, most desirably and safely, below the threshold of consciousness, and the body performs its functions automatically and unconsciously, except in the case of disease or maladjustment of some kind. it is not intended that the race (when the work of this present cycle is accomplished) should function consciously in forgotten areas of awareness, as did the lemurian or the atlantean races. it is intended that men should function as cau

elf to be conquered by it. the inference then is that there are two sets of powers latent in his human equipment the lower one being recoverable if he deem it desirable, the other and higher one to be developed. these two sets of powers are: 1. the ancient powers and faculties which humanity developed and possessed in past ages and which he drove into the background of his consciousness and below the threshold of his current awareness in order to develop the mind and thus become himself a conqueror and a personality. 2. the higher powers and faculties which are the prerogative of the conscious soul. these are the greater powers to which the christ referred when he promised his disciples that some day they would do greater things than he had done. it should be remembered, however, that all

i-consciousness" becomes uppermost, then the possession of these lower psychic powers becomes a hindrance and a complication. temporarily, they must be thrust into the background in order that the mind principle may assert its control and the life of the soul can then flow out into matured and considered expression upon the physical plane. this relegation of the psychic powers to a position below the threshold of consciousness is the intent of the development planned for the aryan race. i would like here to point out that i use the word "aryan" in contradistinction to the majority of the races found in asia. speaking generally, we can today classify the races into three groups: 1. the many remnants of the atlantean or fourth root-race people, plus a very small sprinkling of the lemurian pe


ALICE A BAILEY12 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME I

and of the memory and classed as entirely personality limitations and unworthy of hindering group integrity. this experiment, being attempted by a group within my ashram, is one in mental relations and in soul contact, with the emphasis and attention placed basically there. the astral- physical brain reactions should be regarded as non-existent and as illusion and should be allowed to lapse below the threshold of the group consciousness there to die for lack of attention. this type of group work is a new venture and unless something definitely new emerges as a result of this- 20- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust experiment, the time and effort are not warranted. you must not imagine that the particular line of work on which you may be engaged is the factor o

l level of consciousness at this point of endeavour. once he does so, the die is cast. he either moves forward towards the door of light where the master takes his hand and the angel of the presence becomes potent and active in a way which i may not describe to you, or he drops back temporarily into the life condition of the lower man; glamour and maya settle down anew upon him and the dweller on the threshold inserts himself between the disciple and the light from the open door and renews activity. the disciple either awakens suddenly to a wider grasp of reality and a deeper understanding of the plan and his part in it, or the "veils of earth" close over his head; the vision fades and he reverts into the life of an ordinary human being, probably for the period of the incarnation wherein t

a good deal of valley experience, but usually the steady monotony of a career which has become an established habit and in which you long frequently for the manifestation of earlier enthusiasms. this is, however, inevitable and is one of the things which occur to disciples who are truly on the path. the outer plane life is followed almost automatically, and much of it falls, through habit, below the threshold of consciousness, and produces thereby system, regularity, and good discipline. if this becomes the centre of consciousness, there is aridness, a longing for change and for early "excitements (using that word in its more technical, psychological sense) which would give the sense of reality to the outer work. but this trained responsiveness to environing conditions, leading, as i have

ntegral part of your scientific knowledge, of your mental equipment, and of your technique in service, so that it will become instinctually available. forget not, that the hardly won intellectual perceptions have to become instinctual creative factors by the time a man is permitted to take initiation. the esoteric facts learned and the mental awareness achieved, will have to fall eventually below the threshold of consciousness, of thought and of awareness; they must constitute an integral part of the whole man, just as the animal instinctual nature or the reaction of the mind to the array of facts, presented by the use of the five senses, lies below the threshold of the animal consciousness, but is protectively available. the true healer (and you can most certainly be one) should be so cen

ou omit all recollection or reference to the other side of the picture. you are centred in your mind in the involutionary reactions of the personality vehicles. yet, you are, as you well know, in preparation for certain steps forward upon the path. a clear vision of yourself is needed, and at each turn upon the way you have to face three realities: 1. the little or lower self. 2. the dweller upon the threshold, in cases such as yours. 3. the angel of the presence. be not so occupied with the personality self, seek more frequently the company of the angel, which hides and veils (and yet reveals) the hidden glory of the spirit. your faults are there, as are the faults of all upon the way. many pass much time and thus slow down their active spiritual expression by an undue interest and a too

brother of mine. june 1942 brother of old: you have been drawn back into a phase of my work which, in the early days, you aided me to start. opportunity opens up before you; you can be and do much. the success of this will be dependent upon your ability to walk humbly and to recognise the fact that ancient thoughtforms still exist upon the periphery of your consciousness, and that the dweller on the threshold stands ready at all times to avail himself of the weaknesses to which you have been prone. i say not this in other spirit than that of warning you, and i am happy to see you again within the sphere of action of the work. i look to you to aid and help. if you will always act in full cooperation with your fellow workers, and if you will cultivate frankness and open-heartedness and clea

my fire. the radiance divine shines forth through me" 6th month "may i be lost to sight, and only the radiance and the rest reach forth to men" 5. hold the mind then steady in the light and carry your plans and service into the presence- 505- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust april 1937 brother of mine: you stand today at a critical moment in your inner life and on the threshold of great opportunity. upon the progress made during the next two years will depend whether you enter into a life of widely expressed usefulness, or whether you simply continue into the future as you are now, leaving to another life the lesson which you need and which you can learn now. you are in a place of wide possibility for service. your opportunity to make a real impact upon the

concerned, and frequently works out in the vast personality plans of the world leaders in the various fields of human living. but the vision with which you should be concerned is to become aware of what the soul knows and what the soul sees, through the use of the key to soul vision the intuition. that key can only be used intelligently and consciously when personality affairs are dropping below the threshold of consciousness. i would ask you: how much of your present so-called vision is dependent upon what others have seen and how much you discovered for yourself by climbing arduously and earnestly the mount of vision and (from that eminence which you have arrived at alone) looking out over the horizon towards the next peak of attainment for humanity? a disciple becomes an accepted disci

. this is a parallel process to the work of prana, impelling the animal instinctive nature into activity. these necessarily parallel and produce conflict the first clash (within the man) of the pair of opposites. gradually, the pranic energy becomes automatic in its activity; the shift of the consciousness is into the astral or desire body and the functioning of the instinctual nature drops below the threshold of the consciousness. man then focusses his life in the astral vehicle and his etheric body becomes animated by the potent inflow of desire-energy. 3. the developed man, with an integrated personality, gradually brings the etheric body under the control of mental energy and his physical plane activity is not then so much implemented by instinct or desire as by thought energy, dedicat

nality, becomes also aware of an opposing factor to true soul expression upon the outer periphery of life. then the battle of the higher pairs of opposites begins the battle between soul and personality, consciously waged on both sides. that is the point to have in mind. this conflict culminates, prior to each of the first three initiations, in the confronting of the two opponents; the dweller on the threshold (of initiation, my brother) and the angel of the presence stand face to face. but with that battle, we are not here concerned. we are occupied with the theme of the response to hierarchical energy as embodied in the master's aura and from thence transmitted to the disciple. the channel or channels of direction (there are three of them) might be expressed thus: i. the hierarchy. 1. th


ALICE A BAILEY16 GLAMOUR A WORLD PROBLEM

of glamour. as we proceed we shall divide our subject up into greater detail, but in this instruction i only seek to get certain broad outlines into your minds so that the theme may fall into right places in your thoughts. there are four phrases which have for long been bandied about among so-called occultists and esotericists. they are: glamour, illusion, maya and the expression, the dweller on the threshold. they all stand for the same general concept or some differentiation of that concept. speaking generally, the interpretations have been as follows, and they are only partial interpretations, and are almost in the nature of distortions of the real truth, owing to the limitations of the human consciousness. glamour has oft been regarded as a curious attempt of what are called the "blac

ive mind. this, in its turn, is likewise a travesty of reality. illusion is regarded rather the same way, only (as we define it) we lay the emphasis upon the finiteness of man's mind. the world of phenomena is not denied, but we regard the mind as misinterpreting it and as refusing to see it as it is in reality. we consider this misinterpretation as constituting the great illusion. the dweller on the threshold is usually regarded as presenting the final test of man's courage, and as being in the nature of a gigantic thoughtform or factor which has to be dissipated, prior to taking initiation. just what this thoughtform is, few people know, but their definition includes the idea of a huge elemental form which bars the way to the sacred portal, or the idea of a fabricated form, constructed s

hist calls "kama-manas" produces glamour. it is illusion on the astral plane. the problem of maya is really the same as the above, plus the intense activity produced when both glamour and illusion are realised on etheric levels. it is that vital unthinking emotional mess (yes, brother of old, that is the word i seek to use) in which the majority of human beings seem always to live. the dweller on the threshold is illusion-glamour-maya, as realised by the physical brain and recognised as that which must be overcome. it is the bewildering thoughtform with which the disciple is confronted, when he seeks to pierce through the accumulated glamour of the ages and find his true home in the place of light. the above are necessarily only generalisations, and the result also of the activity of the a

creasing interest in meditation as the weight of the world glamour is increasingly realised, and hence the vital necessity for right understanding of the way- 15- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust of mind control. another point which should be noted is that in the crystallisation of this material age comes the great opportunity to strike a deadly blow on the planetary dweller on the threshold. the reaction at this time, through the stress of circumstances, is bringing about a more spiritual understanding and a reorganisation of human values, and this is part of the process whereby a vital part of the world glamour may be dissipated if only all men of goodwill within the world aura adhere to their appointed task. when the buddha was on earth and achieved illumination, he "

blow at the world glamour. it is for this that we prepare. only the intuition can dispel illusion and hence the need of training intuitives. hence the service you can render to this general cause by offering yourselves for this training. if you can overcome glamour in your own lives and if you can, therefore, comprehend the nature of illusion you will help in a. the destruction of the dweller on the threshold, b. the devitalising of the general maya, c. the dissipation of glamour, d. the dispelling of illusion. this you have to do in your own lives and in the group relation. then your more general contribution will help in the wider human issues. the acuteness of the intellect, and the illumination of the mind, plus love and intention will accomplish much. to this service, i reiterate my

s time than illusion, owing to the enormous majority of people who function astrally always- 17- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust 3. maya is vital in character and is a quality of force. it is essentially the energy of the human being as it swings into activity through the subjective influence of the mental illusion or astral glamour or of both in combination. 4. the dweller on the threshold, always present, swings however into activity only on the path of discipleship, when the aspirant becomes occultly aware of himself, of the conditions induced within him as a result of his interior illusion, his astral glamour and the maya surrounding his entire life. being now an integrated personality (and no one is a disciple, my brother, unless he is mental as well as emotional

his interior illusion, his astral glamour and the maya surrounding his entire life. being now an integrated personality (and no one is a disciple, my brother, unless he is mental as well as emotional, which is a point the devotee oft forgets) these three conditions (with the preponderance of the effect in one or other of the bodies) are seen as a whole, and to this whole the term the "dweller on the threshold" is applied. it is in reality a vitalised thoughtform embodying mental force, astral force and vital energy. the problem, therefore, before all of you in this group is to learn first of all: 1. to distinguish between these three inner illusory aspects. 2. to discover what conditions in the environment or in the individual constitution induce these situations of difficulty. 3. to find

eal with illusion and as you free your minds from its effects, and as you dissipate the astral glamour in which you are all more or less immersed, you will enter into a greater freedom of living and usefulness. as the maya of distorted energy currents ceases to swing you into lines of undesirable activity, the light that is in you will shine forth with greater clarity. incidentally the dweller on the threshold will slowly and surely disintegrate and leave your way, to the door of initiation, free and unimpeded. strongly mental types are subject to illusion. this illusion is in reality a condition wherein the aspirant is being definitely controlled by: 1. a thoughtform of such potency that it does two things: a. controls the life activity or output. b. tunes the aspirant in on the mass thou

given you here enough for the present, for it is my desire that you ponder upon these ideas during the next few months and learn somewhat of the significance of these words which you so lightly use. watch yourselves and your daily life with discrimination, so that you learn to distinguish between glamour, illusion and maya. see whether you can discover the form which your individual dweller upon the threshold is likely to assume as you come into conflict with it; and if you do the same for your group brothers and the immediate world need, you will lose no time in the work of your astral clarification and mental release. i would ask you to study these instructions with peculiar care, for i am taking the time and trouble these busy days to meet your need and to bring as much light as i can

deal with glamour and illusion. there are three further questions which you might put to yourself, facing the issue in the light of your soul: 1. do i suffer primarily from glamour or from illusion? 2. do i know which quality or characteristic in my nature facilitates my tuning in on the world glamour or the world illusion? 3. have i reached the point where i can recognise my peculiar dweller on the threshold, and can i state what form it takes? that you may indeed as individuals and also as a group learn the meaning of true self- knowledge and so learn to stand in spiritual being, increasingly free from glamour and illusion, is the prayer of your friend and brother who has fought his way through to a greater measure of light. during the past six months, four members of this group of stud

sh to recapitulate somewhat those things which i have already stated so as to enrich your understanding of the various phases of the world glamour. this world glamour, the analytical mind has to differentiate into distinctive phases, calling them illusion, glamour, maya and that synthetic thoughtform, found on the path of discipleship, which is called by some schools of esotericism the dweller on the threshold. as you will see from this, my brothers, we have set ourselves a large theme, which must be very carefully handled. my task is a difficult one, because i write for those who are still held by the varying aspects of glamour, and usually by the secondary glamour and maya. illusion does not yet fully play its part and the dweller is seldom adequately realised. i would here remind you of

ery carefully handled. my task is a difficult one, because i write for those who are still held by the varying aspects of glamour, and usually by the secondary glamour and maya. illusion does not yet fully play its part and the dweller is seldom adequately realised. i would here remind you of a stupendous occult fact and will ask you to endeavour to understand that whereof i speak. the dweller on the threshold does not emerge out of the fog of illusion and of glamour until the disciple is nearing the gates of life. only when he can catch dim glimpses of the portal of initiation and an occasional flash of light from the angel of the presence who stands waiting beside that door, can he come to grips with the principle of duality, which is embodied for him in the dweller and the angel. do you

er the following tabulation for your careful consideration. note: 1. a dawning sense of maya arose in lemurian days, but there was no real glamour and illusion- 25- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust 2. glamour arose in early atlantean times. 3. illusion arose among advanced human beings in later atlantean days and will be a controlling factor in our aryan race. 4. the dweller on the threshold arrives at full potency at the end of this race, the aryan, and in the lives of all initiates prior to taking the third initiation. 5. the subhuman kingdoms in nature are free from glamour and illusion, but are immersed in the world maya. 6. the buddha and his 900 arhats struck the first blow at the world glamour when he promulgated his four noble truths. the christ struck the second


ALICE A BAILEY17 TELEPATHY AND THE ETHERIC VEHICLE

f the animal kingdom will produce planetary results. at present this is not so. it will only come when the animal kingdom (as a result of human understanding) becomes invocative. 2.the self-generated karma of the animal kingdom which is largely being worked off in its relation to mankind today. the karmic entity holding a type of rule within the third kingdom is a part of the planetary dweller on the threshold. planetary sequence of impression you will note, therefore, the amazing planetary sequence of impression all of it emanating from- 45- telepathy and the etheric vehicle copyright 1998 lucis trust the highest possible sources, though stepped down and regulated to the receiving factors; all of it concerned to a greater or less degree (according to the quality of the mechanism of recept

y what we from our limited point of view might look upon as the liberation of the planet. the generating of good karma necessitates the "living through" of conditions where everything (for the man responsible or for any other form within its limitations) is good, happy, beneficent and useful. the evil karma generated in any kingdom in relation to the "realm where dwelleth the planetary dweller on the threshold" stands between the cosmic door of initiation and our planetary logos. this dweller represents all the mistakes and errors due to wrong reactions, unrecognised contacts, deliberate choices made in defiance of known good, and mass movements and mass activities which are temporarily not progressive in time and space. i realise that where these facts apply to the subhuman kingdoms in na

ture of these two levels of consciousness. it is within the substance of the atmic plane that the activity is set up which can impress the abstract mind, which then becomes the seat of the consciousness of the spiritual man; at the same time, he remains in active possession and use of his personality and continues to employ the concrete mind; astral sensitivity, however, then begins to fall below the threshold of consciousness and thus joins the great array of instincts and of instinctual reactions of which the human being is possessed and which admit him into the life and conditioned awareness of all that exists in the three worlds, including the three subhuman kingdoms of nature. it is with these subliminated and controlled instincts that those masters and disciples work whose task it is


ALICE A BAILEY18 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME III ESOTERIC ASTROLOGY

nd the merging of the dense and the etheric forces. this is- 33- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust consummated upon the path of purification. 2. upon the astral plane there must come the resolution of the pairs of opposites. this is consummated upon the path of discipleship. 3. upon the mental plane the angel of the presence and the dweller on the threshold are brought face to face. their synthesis is brought about upon the path of initiation. what is true of man in this connection is true also of humanity as a whole, of the planetary logos of the earth, as of all planetary logoi, and of a solar logos. the analogy between the fusion of the pairs of opposites, for instance, upon the physical plane can be seen in the conscious and directe

an also be carried forward onto the mental plane and when the energies of the sun sign and the rising sign are coherently blended and expressed (in the case of both the individual or a planetary life) there comes a point of crisis wherein the soul and the personality are brought face to face. the angel of the presence, distributing solar fire and holding focussed electric fire, and the dweller on the threshold, expressing and utilising fire by friction, know each other "with intimate occult knowledge" the door then stands open wide through which the life and light of the three major constellations can after the third initiation be occultly available to the initiate, be he a liberated human being or a planetary logos. when astrologers understand the true significance of the constellation ge

sidiary power, the fifth ray of mind. these pour through capricorn to saturn and to venus and so reach our planet, the earth. saturn is one of the most potent of the four lords of karma and forces man to face up to the past, and in the present to prepare for the future. such is the intention and purpose of karmic opportunity. from certain angles, saturn can be regarded as the planetary dweller on the threshold, for humanity as a whole has to face that dweller as well as the angel of the presence, and in so doing discover that both the dweller and the angel are that complex duality which is the human family. saturn, in a peculiar relation to the sign gemini, makes this possible. individual man makes this discovery and faces the two extremes whilst in the sign capricorn; the fourth and fifth

ch, when it has reached a certain stage of development, came under the direct influence of the hierarchy of the planet in a new way, and then under the stimulation of energies from the planet venus a fusion took place which resulted in the emergence of individual self-conscious man. gradually, as the aeons have slipped away, the instinctual nature has receded steadily into the background or below the threshold of consciousness, whilst the intellect has become more and more dominant and an increasingly potent factor. in scorpio the mind is released into full governing activity. this release takes place in two stages: stage 1 wherein the intellect becomes dominant and powerful and controls eventually the emotional nature. stage 2 wherein the intellect is illumined by the light of the soul. i

erefore, test, trial and triumph. they can also be called struggle, strength and sagittarian attitudes. another angle of the experience in scorpio can be covered by two words: re-capitulation and re-orientation. in scorpio, two most occult factors emerge from the past and begin to engross the attention of the disciple. one is memory and the other is, as a consequence of the memory, the dweller on the threshold. memory in the sense here involved is not simply just a faculty of the mind, as is so oft supposed, but it is essentially a creative power- 124- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust it is basically an aspect of thought and coupled with imagination is a creative agent because thoughts are things, as well you know. from ancient recesse

from the racial and the individual subconscious (or founded and established thought reservoirs and desires, inherited and inherent) there emerges from individual past lives and experience that which is the sum total of all instinctual tendencies, of all inherited glamours and of all phases of wrong mental attitudes; to these (as they constitute a blended whole) we give the name of the dweller on the threshold. this dweller is the sum total of all the personality characteristics which have remained unconquered and unsubdued and which must be finally overcome before initiation can be taken. each life sees some progress made; some personality defects straightened out and some real advance effected. but the unconquered residue and the ancient liabilities are numerous and excessively potent an

rcome before initiation can be taken. each life sees some progress made; some personality defects straightened out and some real advance effected. but the unconquered residue and the ancient liabilities are numerous and excessively potent and when soul contact is adequately established there eventuates a life wherein the highly developed and powerful personality becomes, in itself, the dweller on the threshold. then the angel of the presence and the dweller stand face to face and something must then be done. eventually, the light of the personal self fades out and wanes in the blaze of glory which emanates from the angel. then the greater glory obliterates the lesser. this is, however, only possible when the personality eagerly enters into this relation with the angel, recognises itself as

s a door for the entrance of energies coming from the "middle centre" i speak in symbols and for those whose knowledge of cosmic location and of points in time and space will enable them to comprehend; to the uninitiate, i simply say "respond to soul impact" 2. sensitivity to that which emanates from the "centres left behind" or to those streams of vital energy which lie active and focussed below the threshold of the waking consciousness. they stir the threads of memory; they draw backward the glances (and there lies magic in the energy of the eye) of the onward moving point, the pilgrim on his way; they condition through ancient habit the responsiveness of the units in the form. 3. a developed sensitivity which emerges from the "furthest centre" at first unconsciously employed and later c

systemic impulse more fully than others. in the case of the planetary logos of our little sphere, the head centre, the ajna centre, the heart and solar plexus centres and the throat centre are the five focal- 267- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust points of energy which are the most alive and vibrant. the sacral centre is slowly dropping below the threshold of the logoic consciousness whilst the centre at the base of the spine is practically entirely quiescent, except in connection with its pranic effects upon the form life, engendering the will to live, the urge to survival and the vitalisation of forms. these facts will give you an idea of our planetary status in the great family of the central sun and indicate why our planet is not a


ALICE A BAILEY20 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME IV ESOTERIC HEALING

also helping, and during the next one million- 138- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iv: esoteric healing copyright 1998 lucis trust years we shall see syphilis (inherited from lemuria) stamped out, both in the human family and in the soil of the planet. as the ages passed away, humanity entered into the atlantean stage of development. the conscious control of the physical body dropped below the threshold of consciousness; the etheric body became consequently more potent (a fact not oft considered, and the physical body reacted increasingly like an automaton to the impression and the direction of a steadily developing desire nature. desire became something more than simply response to animal physical urges and to the primitive instincts, but was directed to objects and objectives extr

ch to this subject can rest in the minds of students who read this, and perhaps as they study and read and think, material of interest will come their way which could be gradually assembled and published. a treatise on white magic, pages 301-302- 262- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iv: esoteric healing copyright 1998 lucis trust fear of death and depression constitute for man the dweller on the threshold in this age and cycle. both of them indicate sentient reaction to psychological factors and cannot be dealt with by the use of another factor such as courage. they must be met by the omniscience of the soul, working through the mind not by its omnipotence. in this is to be found an occult hint. a treatise on white magic, page 309. the instinct of self-preservation has its roots in an

st life is approached from the angle of the observer, and not from that of a participator in actual experiment and experience in the three worlds (physical-emotional-mental..if they are initiated disciples they are increasingly unaware of the activities and reactions of their personalities, because certain aspects of the lower nature are now so controlled and purified that they have dropped below the threshold of consciousness and have entered the world of instinct; therefore, there is no more awareness of them than a man asleep is conscious of the rhythmic functioning of his sleeping physical vehicle. this is a deep and largely unrealised truth. it is related to the entire process of death, and might be regarded as one of the definitions of death; it holds the clue to the mysterious words

soul ray and the personality ray starts and the war is on between two focussed aspects of energy. this conflict terminates at the third initiation. c. the control by the soul is the final phase, leading, to the death and destruction of the- 298- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iv: esoteric healing copyright 1998 lucis trust personality. this death begins when the personality, the dweller on the threshold, stands before the angel of the presence. the light of the solar angel then obliterates the light of matter. the "control" phase is conditioned by the complete identification of the personality with the soul; this is a reversal of the previous identification of the soul with the personality. this also is what we mean when speaking of the integration of these two; the two are now one

till now has been upon the initiations as they affect the disciple in the three worlds. but i am specifically dealing with the initiations as they affect or do not affect the soul, overshadowing its reflection, the personality, in the three worlds. what i have said, therefore, will have little meaning for the average reader. from the angle of the personal self, regarding itself as the dweller on the threshold, the attitude or state of mind has been inadequately portrayed as one of complete obliteration in the light of the soul; the glory of the presence, transmuted by the angel, is such that the personality completely disappears, with its demands and its aspirations. naught is left but the shell, the sheath and the instrument through which the solar light can pour for the helping of human

der control. these forms of discipline would be very good for the undeveloped and the lowest type of human being, but they are not the methods which should be employed by the average man or the practising aspirant. concentration upon the physical body only serves to enhance its potency and to feed its appetites and bring to the surface of consciousness that which should be securely secluded below the threshold of consciousness. the true aspirant should be occupied with emotional, not physical, control and 'with the effort to focus himself upon the mental plane prior to achieving a stabilised contact with the soul. in atlantean times, the shift of the attention from the dense physical body to the emotional vehicle began slowly to be made. the initiate of that time began to teach his discipl

o the present modes of (so-called) mental and divine healing, are undesirable and not in line with the projected plan. therefore undue consideration and excessive emphasis upon the physical body is reactionary and is like the worship of the golden calf by the children of israel; it is reversion to that which at one time was of importance but today should be relegated to a minor position and below the threshold of consciousness. i have dealt with this here because in law vii the fact of the endocrine glands is brought to our attention, and it is necessary that we approach this subject from the right point of view. the endocrine glands are a tangible part of the physical body; they are therefore a part of that created manifestation which is not regarded as a principle. they are, however, eff

gher is evolutionary; the lower is involutionary in nature. it is this which creates the conflict. one type of energy is evolutionary and the other is involutionary. it is these conflicting forces which present the problem of dualism a dualism of the higher and the lower at many differing and varying stages. the final phase of the conflict is fought out, or rather wrought out, when the dweller on the threshold and the angel of the presence face each other. it is in that consummating event that the pull or conflict between the involutionary life and the evolutionary life, between the inchoate, magnetic will of the elemental forces (inherent in the atoms of which all three bodies of the personality are made) and the will of the spiritual man, on the verge of liberation from the magnetic cont

evil is concerned. i cannot expect you at this time to comprehend the meaning of my words. they are, however, related to the words in the great invocation which say "and seal the door where evil dwells" there is a door into an evil realm and into blackness, just as there is a door into a world of goodness and light; the devil is to man who is dedicated and consecrated to evil what the dweller on the threshold is to the spiritual aspirant. the main task of the spiritual hierarchy has ever been to stand between the forces of evil and humanity, to bring imperfection into the light so that evil can "find no place" for action, and to keep the door open into the spiritual realm. this the hierarchy has done, with small help from humanity; this situation is now changed and the world war was the s


ALICE A BAILEY21 EDUCATION IN THE NEW AGE

o remote a past that history knows nothing of them, and they appear meaningless to you because you have no clear idea of the nature of early humanity. some grasp of the essential situation will be of value if you are to follow development in the future intelligently. first, the point reached by humanity itself is one of the major and primary causes. this evolutionary status has brought mankind to the threshold of a door upon the great path of evolution and has indicated an unfoldment which necessitates drastic changes in man's entire attitude to life and to all his world relations. these changes are being self-initiated by him and are not imposed upon him by an outside force or by the coercion of humanity in any form. this is an important point to be grasped. it might therefore be stated t


ALICE A BAILEY22 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME II

objective or subjective. i ask for your wholehearted cooperation in the work of world salvage. group instruction december 1941 my brothers: i would like to start off this instruction with the simple statement as to the task which all disciples of the masters throughout the world are engaged in undertaking and which you also should consciously consider. it is the task of confronting the dweller on the threshold in your own life and also in the group life, and then from that vantage point of strength face that dweller on behalf of humanity and thus aid humanity to vanquish this ancient evil. to do this presupposes crisis in your life and in the life of humanity. the handling of crises is the hallmark of the disciple, and every crisis met and rightly handled provides (once the difficulty is o

hrough a deep understanding of the initiator in yourself. each of you has to initiate your own individual crises; there is no one else who is responsible. each of you together initiates the activity for which the group is responsible and for which you have been brought together; each of you initiates himself into the presence, through the medium of the angel, and into the shadow of the dweller on the threshold. through this process, full consciousness is achieved. the work of this group, and of other groups similarly motivated, is to achieve these undertakings together: together to face the dweller and triumph; together to arrive at understanding; together to stand before the presence because the angel's light reveals "that which the eye has never seen" together to walk the path of revelat

the pressure of life these days is very great; everybody is tired; you will therefore approach this fresh addition to the teaching with renewed zest if the past teaching is clearly apprehended and is clearly illumined in your minds. what is the task which confronts you, both as individuals and as a group? it is a fivefold task: 1. to confront and deal adequately with your own personal dweller on the threshold. 2. to share as a group in humanity's effort to confront the group dweller on the threshold; this "dweller" is constructed of the evil desires of all mankind, of humanity's mistakes and weaknesses, thoughts, distorted strengths and perverse motives. this confronting is one of the objectives of the present world war. 3. to arrive at that understanding which is the foundation of wisdom

d ask you to ponder, and as you ponder, make the needed changes in your personal approach to the problem. the third point grows out of the above. you are all pledged disciples, and as such your immediate personal problem (in which i may not and therefore cannot help you) is to overcome- 33- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust and destroy the hold which the dweller on the threshold may have upon you. we are back, therefore, to our starting point, and a question now arises in your minds "how can i overcome this dweller and yet at the same time refuse to concentrate upon myself and my problems? this i am told by you not to do, and yet the dweller is the sum total of all personality holds and defects, all potencies emotional, mental and physical which limit my exp

en ray types, and naught had been given out anent shamballa. now the world of instructed disciples is slowly awakening to these newer values and truths and to the sevenfold source of life expression; the will of god is going to take shape consciously in the minds of men in the future in such a manner that the old truths will condition and control as never before, but will drop automatically below the threshold of consciousness and the new emerging values and recognitions will take their place in the surface consciousness of all disciples and their name will be legion. 5. the astral body provides no hindrance to the initiate-disciple, but provides a medium of facile contact with the hierarchy. this is due to the fact that the link between the astral body and the buddhic consciousness become

are, however, possible of discovery by the disciple in training at this particular time, because only the light from the spiritual triad can convey this type of revelation and interpretation. 3. through the presentation of points of revelation: a. the present vision must become the past experience. its light of revelation will fade out as the experience becomes a habit, and therefore falls below the threshold of consciousness. b. a new and totally different recognition must assume control; this will express the initiate-understanding. c. these points of revelation appear when the disciple realises that initiation is not a process of soul-personality fusion but of monad-personality integration. d. these points of revelation assume three stages of recognition: the stage of penetration. the

ain invocative potency; this is especially true and correct where the teaching anent the third eye is concerned. initiation is not an abstract, mystical process to which the disciple is subjected upon some one or other of the subtler planes, the knowledge of which must gradually seep through into his consciousness. this may be partially true of the first two initiations (the sirian initiations of the threshold, but all the remaining initiations involve the whole man and "three periodical vehicles" producing a steady fusion of these three, an increasing reaction to the light of the world, and an ability to register in the physical brain (if the initiate is functioning through karma, decision or service in the physical body) that which is undergone; in this registration process the third eye

to its focus and its full expression at the time of the sixth initiation of decision. part x for years we have talked about group initiation, and it remains as yet, for you, an unsolved problem. the phrase "group initiation" is only used by the members of the hierarchy in- 281- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust reference to the first two initiations initiations of the threshold, from the angle of the lodge on sirius. after these two preparatory events, the initiate at and after the third initiation reaches the point wherein he "undergoes initiation" in his own right (as the phrase runs, for he can now be trusted to ask nothing for the separated self; his personality is tempered and adjusted to group conditions; increasingly he is manifesting as a soul-infus

n: first into the mind, then into the heart, and lastly into the purpose of the one in whom we live and move and have our being. the agent of revelation is, for the first two initiations, the soul and for that reason the first initiation is said to be (and with truth) the expression of the man's own inner divinity. this is the reason why these first two initiations are regarded as "initiations of the threshold" it is here that the work of the christ or whoever is the cyclic head of the hierarchy should be considered, working in cooperation with the soul of the initiate upon the plane of the soul, the mental plane; the son of mind is set free and then the higher initiations become possible. after that, the one initiator can be faced or confronted step by step and revelation is accorded of t

of revelation where the initiate perceives and records as a definite revelation the "light of the divine purpose" and this happens in such a way that the light of the divine mind or the divine intelligence becomes available for this increased enlightenment and informing. when this takes place, a point is reached wherein the intelligence and its various phases as known to him hitherto, drops below the threshold of consciousness and becomes instinctual, irrevocable habit, but is no longer a major preoccupation. the "light of love" which flows from the heart of god (and from the angle of the solar system from the heart of the sun) supersedes the light which has hitherto enlightened his way. at that point of revelation (again speaking symbolically, he realises for the first time a threefold "l


ALICE A BAILEY23 THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY

telligently applied automatic mediatorship mediumship these distinctions are little understood, nor is the fact appreciated that both groups of qualities indicate our divinity. all are expressions of god. there are certain psychic powers which men share in common with the animals; these powers are inherent in the animal body and are instinctual, but they have, for the vast majority, dropped below the threshold of consciousness and are unrealised and therefore useless. these are the powers, for instance, of astral clairvoyance and clairaudience, and the seeing of colours and similar phenomena. clairvoyance and clairaudience are also possible on mental levels, and we then call it telepathy, and the seeing of symbols, for all visioning of geometrical forms is mental clairvoyance. all these po

of the divine soul in man, which takes the form of what we call "the animal soul" which really corresponds to the holy ghost aspect in the human microcosmic trinity. all these powers have their higher spiritual correspondences, which manifest when the soul becomes consciously active and controls its mechanism through the mind and the brain. when astral clairvoyance and clairaudience are not below the threshold of consciousness, but are actively used and functioning, it means that the solar plexus centre is open and active. when the corresponding mental faculties are present in consciousness, then it means that the throat centre and the centre between the eyebrows are becoming "awake" and active. but the higher psychic powers, such as spiritual perception with its infallible knowledge, the

onnected with the life of the one "in whom we live and move and have our being" these involve the impact upon our planet of forces and energies which will be instrumental in altering the existing civilisation and culture, in climaxing karmic necessity and in thus engineering release, presenting humanity with that stage in the experience of the disciple which we call "the meeting of the dweller on the threshold with the angel of the presence" and inducing as a consequence a certain planetary initiation. these four stages of the law of cause and effect (as it affects humanity at this time) might be called: 1. the perfecting of form expression..law of evolution 2. the precipitation of karma..law of cause and effect 3. the achievement of personality..law of polar opposites (the dweller on the

implications. for what is man himself but an expression of divinity (god) in a material form (the devil, and what is matter but the medium through which divinity must eventually manifest in all its glory? but when that takes place, matter will no longer be a controlling factor but simply a medium of expression. the battle is therefore on between the form side of life and the soul. the dweller on the threshold (the threshold of divinity, my brothers) is humanity itself with its ancient habits of thought, its selfishness and greed. humanity today stands face to face with the angel of the presence the soul whose nature is love and light and inclusive understanding. the great problem today is which of these two will emerge the victor out of the conflict, and which of these two great agencies

rit or will aspect as symbolised in shamballa, are fused and blended and then a new departure in the evolutionary process becomes possible. the kingdom of god, which is the kingdom of souls, and the human kingdom as mutually expressive and interrelated, are perfectly synthesised and anchored on earth. the glory of the one can then be faintly seen, which is the glory of shamballa. the dweller upon the threshold of divinity and the angel of the presence then stand face to face. this is the situation today. tomorrow they will blend and synthesise and the glory of god will appear on earth. the second great approach will have been achieved- 111- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust call to a united act of service november 1939 the situation is serious. sea and air and

kinds, as might be expected when the consciousness of humanity is subject to the control of the pairs of opposites. these two are: 1. those avatars who are the embodiment of the angel of the presence, whether that presence is the soul in man, the planetary logos, some extra-planetary entity, some cosmic being, or an expression of cosmic good. 2. those avatars who are embodiments of the dweller on the threshold, whether that dweller is the human dweller on the threshold, planetary forces of materialism, or some aspect of cosmic evil- 190- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust let me attempt to make this analogy a little clearer. just as in the case of individual man there comes a point in his life experience when the angel of the presence is sensed, known, seen and

n confronts the aspirant. revelation confronts humanity. god is known within the human heart. god is known by mankind. this recognition of divinity in its varying aspects is naturally a progressive one each stage and each life bringing its own revelation of the beauty of divinity and the glory of light more truly and clearly before the disciple. similarly, there come cycles wherein the dweller on the threshold appears and confronts the aspirant, challenging his purpose and progress and blocking the door which leads to expanded life and liberation. the dweller challenges the freedom of the human soul. so it is also in the life of a nation, a race, and humanity as a whole. the angel of the presence indicates divine possibility, reveals to the attentive disciple the next step towards liberati

edom of the human soul. so it is also in the life of a nation, a race, and humanity as a whole. the angel of the presence indicates divine possibility, reveals to the attentive disciple the next step towards liberation which must be made, and throws light upon the immediate stage of the path to light which must be trodden. so does the avatar who reveals the lighted way to humanity. the dweller on the threshold summarises in itself the evil tendencies, the accumulated limitations and the sum total of the selfish habits and desires which are characteristic of the material nature of the disciple. the angel of the presence indicates the future possibility and the divine nature. so does the avatar. the dweller on the threshold indicates the past with its limitations and evil habits. so do those

ller on the threshold indicates the past with its limitations and evil habits. so do those avatars who from time to time appear as the embodiments of evil and of the lower nature of mankind. and, my brother, they do appear from age to age. some cycles in a disciple's life present one aspect of a "confrontation" and some another. in one life he may be entirely occupied with fighting the dweller on the threshold or with orienting himself to the angel of the presence and permitting the divine conditioning energy to flow into him; he may be succumbing to the influence of the dread sum total of his evil and material desires or he may be drawing gradually nearer to the angel. but and this is the point of importance it is he himself who evokes one or other of these manifestations. so it is with h

ships streams through the body of humanity, and mankind emerges into a more spacious life, conditioned by truer values. a fusion becomes possible between the outer world of daily living and the inner world of spiritual realities. a fresh influx of love and light is possible. today the moment of adequate tension in the life of humanity has been reached. the angel of the presence and the dweller on the threshold are at grips. humanity stands apparently at its darkest hour. but the cry is going forth for aid, for relief, for revelation, for light, and for strength to shake off that which is evil. the massed intent of the world aspirants is directed towards the world of truer values, towards better human relations, more enlightened living and a better understanding between all men and peoples

n have been done to make the appearance of the avatar possible. from the side of humanity, i would ask you: what will be done? between the source from which all avatars come forth and humanity, stands the hierarchy of love, stands christ and his disciples, stand the masters of the wisdom. they are united, all of them, in one stupendous effort to aid mankind at this time to surmount the dweller on the threshold and to come closer to the angel. this necessitates some greater help and this help will be forthcoming when humanity and the hierarchy in one fused and blended effort stand with massed intent, invoking that aid and expecting it also. the appearance of avatars since the year 1400 (a date to which i referred earlier) there have been constant appearances of lesser avatars, called forth

ainted with this universal condition. the freedom of the world is consequently largely dependent upon those people in every nation who (within themselves) have moved forward out of one or other of these "glamorous illusions of mayavic impressions" of the human soul into a state of awareness wherein they can see the conflict in its wider terms, i.e, as that existing for them between the dweller on the threshold and the angel of the presence. these people are the aspirants, the disciples and the initiates of the world. they are aware of the dualism, the essential dualism, of the conflict and are not so pre-eminently conscious of the threefold nature and the differentiated condition of the situation which underlies the realised dualism. their approach to the problem is therefore simpler and

e-eminently conscious of the threefold nature and the differentiated condition of the situation which underlies the realised dualism. their approach to the problem is therefore simpler and, because of this, world direction lies largely in their hands at this time. it is right here that religion has, as a whole, gone astray. i refer to orthodox religion. it has been preoccupied with the dweller on the threshold and the eyes of the theologian have been held upon the material, phenomenal aspect of life through fear and its immediacy, and the fact of the angel has been a theory and a point of wishful thinking. the balance is being adjusted by the humanitarian attitudes which are so largely coming into control, irrespective of any theological trend. these attitudes take their stand upon belief


ALICE A BAILEY24 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME V THE RAYS AND THE INITIATIONS

integrated personality. two factors tend to bring this about: the slow moving forward of the innate conscience into greater control, and the steady development of the "fiery aspiration" to which patanjali*(2) makes reference. these two factors, when brought into living activity, bring the disciple into the centre of the burning ground which separates the angel of the presence from the dweller on the threshold. the burning ground is found upon the threshold of every new advance, until the third initiation has been taken. the "clear cold light" is the light of pure reason, of infallible intuitive perception and its unremitting, intensive and revealing light constitutes a major test in its effects. the initiate discovers the depths of evil, and at the same time is enticed forward by the heig

ce and expansion of consciousness. but in the initiate consciousness, after the first two initiations, this is not the realisation. it is simply the adhering to an old form of symbolism with the implied limitations of the truth. i would here remind you that the third initiation is regarded by the hierarchy as the first major initiation, and that the first and second initiations are initiations of the threshold. for the bulk of humanity, these first two initiations will for a very long time constitute major initiatory experiences, but in the life and realisation of the initiate-soul, they are not. after the two initiations of the threshold have been undergone the attitude of the initiate changes and he sees possibilities and factors and revelations which have hitherto been totally unrealise

m a part of an ashram. those who form the ashram are living in the three worlds of experience if they are accepted disciples, but the focus of their attention is not there. if they are initiated disciples, they are increasingly unaware of the activities and reactions of their personalities, because certain aspects of the lower nature are now so controlled and purified that they have dropped below the threshold of consciousness and have entered the world of instinct; therefore there is no more awareness of them than a man asleep is conscious of the rhythmic functioning of his sleeping physical vehicle. this is a deep and largely unrealised truth. it is related to the entire process of death and might be regarded as one of the definitions of death; it holds the clue to the mysterious words "

e call knowledge, have in themselves produced a great thought-form which has summed up in itself his entire relation to form, to existence and experience in the three worlds, to matter, to desire and to all that incarnation has brought him. the whole matter looms, therefore, over-large in his consciousness. the detaching of himself from this ancient thoughtform the final form which the dweller on the threshold takes is called by him death. only at the fourth initiation does he realise that death is nothing but the severing of a thread which links him to the ring-pass-not within which he has chosen to circumscribe himself. he discovers that the "last enemy to be destroyed" is brought to that final destruction by the first aspect in himself, the father or monad (which moved originally to cre

meaning, and capable of intelligent activity which links them with the world of form, and is the indication of life. but the desire of the initiate is not now for activity- 67- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust or even for the expression of love. these qualities are integral parts of his equipment and expression but have dropped below the threshold of consciousness (a higher correspondence of the automatic activities of the physical body which proceed upon their work without any realised consciousness on the part of the man. his effort is towards something which means little as yet to those of you who read these words; it is for the realisation of being, immovable, immutable, living and only to be comprehended in terms which em

s to them something which they have definitely left behind, and the consciousness of appeal or rejection of the form nature and hold is to them- 83- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust only a memory of a distant battle ground where the victory then won has been forgotten and the gains of victory are so far behind that they lie well below the threshold of consciousness. broadly and generally speaking, workers in the ranks of the hierarchy (i did not say "with the hierarchy) are divided into two main groups: those who are working with the unfoldment of the initiate consciousness in the disciples of the world, and those of a more advanced degree who are working with the life aspect and its expression in the lives of the world initiat

take initiation, and so become a master of the wisdom and a member of the planetary hierarchy. in the coming new cycle the emphasis will be upon group work and activity, upon group initiation and group approach to the center of life. the required mode of life and the needed individual eliminations and adjustments are now so well known (theoretically, at least) that they should have dropped below the threshold of consciousness and should consequently be automatic in their effects. this should also provide a steady inducement to thought which will make the initiate what he ought to be, because his conscious mind is free for group functioning. this is a concept which must be increasingly cultivated "as a man thinketh in his heart, so he is" the lower mind should be the organ of heart express

ntention is to teach him to function on those planes of conscious contact which are as yet so subjective that he only accepts them as existent in theory. the trained initiate knows that they have to become his natural habitat, and that eventually he has to relegate the ordinary and normal human experience to the three worlds of daily expression. these become eventually the worlds that exist below the threshold of consciousness; they are relegated to the realm of the subconscious recoverable consciously, if necessary for right service of humanity, but as much- 90- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust below the threshold of consciousness as are the ordinary emotional reactions of the average man. these are always recoverable (as mode

correspondences to certain great areas of divine expression, and that ever the glory must be approached through the darkness. such is the law. these higher veiling factors can be mentioned and enumerated, but more information concerning these mysteries, this separating darkness encountered by the initiate, may not be given: veil i. that which faces the disciple as he wrestles with the dweller on the threshold and becomes conscious of the angel of the presence, though as yet he sees him not. veil ii. that which the initiate encounters at the fourth initiation and which forces him to cry out in his blindness "my god, my god, why hast thou forsaken me" the words uttered by the christ at that time, and as the participator, have been forgotten by the orthodox, though preserved by the esoterici

nad. in other words: what do transfiguration and transformation signify to members of the hierarchy as they face the way of the higher evolution? what can these words imply to those for whom the soul, the mediating principle, no longer has any factual significance? consider for a moment that the initiate who has undergone the first major initiation (the transfiguration) and the two initiations of the threshold (the birth and baptism of the christian mysteries) has created the antahkarana in order to establish direct relation between the monad and the personality, between the centre of universal awareness or identification and the form-expression in the three worlds. the antahkarana is constructed and constitutes an active channel of contact. the soul which has for ages directed the various

ated to the interior work of the hierarchy and the effect of this living, developing intensity upon the members of the hierarchy. five planes are therefore involved in these two phases of the divine work. 4. the two highest planes (the monadic and the logoic) are the planes of transfiguration, from the point of view of the higher initiate. by then the processes of transmutation have dropped below the threshold of consciousness, and though the initiate (working with forms in the three worlds) has his instrument upon the outer physical plane, his own work and hierarchical activity is strictly triadal and monadic, with a steadily growing responsiveness to logoic intent. let us now consider the phases of transfiguration and transformation as far as is possible in an exoteric instruction, and "

; that it is a joint effort that is being made. this is in fact the keynote of an ashram, conditioning its formation. it is composed of disciples and initiates at various stages of initiate-unfoldment who have arrived at their point of ashramic consciousness together, and who will proceed together until they arrive at that complete liberation which comes when the cosmic physical plane drops below the threshold of consciousness or of sensitive awareness and no longer holds any point of interest for the initiate- 221- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust this is one of the new factors in hierarchical methods and techniques which i have had the responsibility of bringing to public attention, and so correcting the erroneous teaching of

ition of the door on to the way of the higher evolution, for the fifth and sixth initiations liberate him into the atmic and monadic states of awareness; these initiations are to the initiate at this stage of development what the first and second initiations are to the disciple who is seeking to tread the earlier stages of the path of initiation. they might therefore be regarded as initiations of the threshold one leading to the awareness of the higher levels of conscious unfoldment which the third initiation (the first major initiation) inaugurates, and the other to those levels of impression, of contact and of future- 233- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust ascension which are the sevenfold goal set before the master when the s


ALICE BAILEY THE LABOURS OF HERCULES

cret of rebirth (the tibetan. when a true sense of reality supersedes both earthly and spiritual ambition the man can say with truth "lost am i in light supernal, yet on that light i turn my back" so goes the world disciple, initiate in capricorn, on his way to serve humanity in [179] aquarius. in that sign he cleans the augean stables (of the karma of all past ignorance and error, the dweller on the threshold) and so becomes in pisces a world savior. one remembers that the last act of the christ on his way to gethsemane and calvary was to wash the feet of his disciples. it has been said "christianity has not failed: it has never been tried" are we now, after two thousand years, really beginning to try, individually and in group formation? this is the work that makes it possible for the ch


ANATHEMA OF ZOS

his scrolls. the triangle of the supernals is formulated, and lvx signs close the whole with glory, the glory of light. all are at peace in hwche anathema of zos the sermon to the hypocrite an automatic writing by austin osman spare preface do thy will magickal currents pass as the great wheel swings endlessly to and fro driven by words of power whose origin is inestimable. spare was a watcher on the threshold. agape of the christos had spent its force. it laid upon the land as a shroud when once it had been a bright and shining spell of liberation. under this pall the scorpion bred consciousness in the charnel house of putrefaction. monsters arose and walked the earth in the guise of living men and women. these are the hypocrites to whom the sermon was delivered. the goat-herd found himse


ARTHUR E WAITE TEMPLAR ORDERS IN FREEMASONRY

the reasonable likelihood of things that less than forty years after the foundation of grand lodge knightly orders should begin to be heard of developing under the aegis of the craft, their titles in some cases being borrowed from the old institutions of christian chivalry. it is this, however, which occurred, and the inventions were so successful that they multiplied on every side, from 1754 to the threshold of the french revolution, new denominations being devised when the old titles were exhausted. there arose in this manner a great tree of ritual, and it happens, moreover, that we are in a position to affirm the kind of root from which it sprang. twenty years after the date of the london grand lodge, and when that of scotland may not have been twelve months old, the memorable scottish


BELL CHRISTOPHER PAUL TSIU MARPO THE CAREER OF A TIBETAN PROTECTOR DEITY

h a seed syllable inscribed on it. the painting of tsiu marpo in figure 12 is right next to this image (photo: c. bell 2005) 141 figure 46. a statue of pehar with a wall painting of him behind it. this figure of pehar guards the door of a..kyamuni chapel on the ground floor of tsiu marpo s temple at samy, the jokwukhang. notice again the shield on his chest. this statue rests on the other side of the threshold from the tsiu marpo statue in figure 15 (photo: c. bell 2005) 142 conclusion tibetan protector deities are encountered by members of the lay and monastic communities on multiple levels. this study has shown that the protector deity tsiu marpo is not only significant in his connection to one of the most sacred sites in tibet, samy monastery, but also illustrates these multiple levels


BLAVATSKY H P ANTHROPOGENESIS

s well, for, in the admission of their existence at all, resort to the ancients for corroboration and elaboration of the idea receives the stamp of scientific approbation" truly, as also said in our first work "if we accept darwin's theory of the development of species, we find that his startingpoint is placed in front of an open door. we are at liberty with him, to either remain within, or cross the threshold, beyond which lies the limitless and the incomprehensible, or rather the unutterable. if our mortal language is inadequate to express what our spirit dimly foresees in the great 'beyond- while on this earth- it must realize it at some point in the timeless eternity" but what lies "beyond" haeckel's theory? why bathybius haeckelii, and no more! a further answer is given in part iii. a

also to use its lens to throw into stronger objectivity the regions explored by exact science; this, not only in order to contrast the two, but to defend our position* it may be complained by some that too little is said of the physical, human side of the extinct races, in this history of their growth and evolution. much more might be said assuredly, if simple prudence did not make us hesitate at the threshold of every new revelation. that, which finds its possibility and landmarks in the discoveries of modern science, is given; all that of which exact knowledge knows nothing and upon which it is unable to speculate- and therefore denies as facts in nature- is withheld. but even such statements as these- e.g, that of all the mammalians, man was the earliest; that it is man who is the indir

duce final harmony. it is owing to this law of spiritual development superseding the physical and purely intellectual, that mankind will become freed from its false gods, and find itself finally- self-redeemed. in its final revelation, the old myth of prometheus- his proto- and anti-types being found in every ancient theogony- stands in each of them at the very origin of physical evil, because at the threshold of human physical life. kronos is "time" whose first law is that the order of the successive and harmonious phases in the process of evolution during cyclic development should be strictly preserved- under the severe penalty of abnormal growth with all its ensuing results. it was not in the programme of natural development that man- higher animal though he may be- should become at onc

esting* sat[[footnote(s* the hegelian doctrine, which identifies absolute being or "be-ness" with "non-being" and represents the universe as an eternal becoming, is identical with the vedanta philosophy[[vol. 2, page] 450 the secret doctrine. is born from asat, and asat is begotten by sat: the perpetual motion in a circle, truly; yet a circle that can be squared only at the supreme initiation, at the threshold of paranirvana. barth started a reflection on the rig-veda which was meant for a stern criticism, an unusual, therefore, as was thought, an original view of this archaic volume. it so happened, however, that, while criticising, that scholar revealed a truth, without being himself aware of its full importance. he premises by saying that "neither in the language nor in the thought of t

lace of outlet" it signifies the "strait gate" that leads to the kingdom of heaven, far more than the "birth-place" in a physiological sense. it is a cross in a circle and crux ansata, truly; but it is a cross on which all the human passions have to be crucified before the yogi passes through the "strait gate" the narrow circle that widens into an infinite one, as soon as the inner man has passed the threshold. as to the mysterious constellation of the seven rishis in the great bear, if egypt made them sacred to "the oldest genitrix, typhon- india has connected all these symbols ages ago with time or yuga revolutions, and the saptarishis are intimately connected with our present age- the dark kali yug* the great circle of time, on the face of which fancy in india has represented the tortoi

vide part i. of this volume, page 183, stanza viii* in this, as shown in part i, modern science was again anticipated, far beyond its own speculations in this direction, by archaic science[[vol. 2, page] 659 various modes of reproduction. this is followed by a many-celled organism which is formed by "germ-buds reduced to spores, or single cells, which are emitted from the parent. when "we are at the threshold of that system of sexual propagation, which has (now) become the rule in all the higher families of animals. it is when an "organism, having advantages in the struggle for life, established itself permanently. that special organs developed to meet the altered condition. when a distinction "would be firmly established of a female organ or ovary containing the egg or primitive cell fro

ago the world knew nothing of pompeii or herculaneum; nothing of the lingual tie that binds together the indo-european nations; nothing of the significance of the vast volume of inscriptions upon the tombs and temples of egypt; nothing of the meaning of the arrow-headed inscriptions of babylon; nothing of the marvellous civilizations revealed in the remains of yucatan, mexico, and peru. we are on the threshold. scientific investigation is advancing with giant strides. who shall say that one hundred years from now, the great museums of the world may not be adorned with gems, statues, arms, and implements from atlantis, while the libraries of the world shall contain translations of its inscriptions, throwing new light upon all the past history of the human race, and all the great problems wh


BLAVATSKY H P COSMOGENESIS

ein lies the nodus in the study of symbology, with which, unable to untie by disentangling it, so many scholars have preferred dealing as alexander dealt with the gordian knot; hence erroneous conceptions and teachings, as a direct result. the "first is the second" because the "first" cannot really be numbered or regarded as the first, as that is the realm of noumena in its primary manifestation: the threshold to the world of truth, or sat, through which the direct energy that radiates from the one reality- the nameless deity- reaches us. here again, the untranslateable term sat (be-ness) is likely to lead into an erroneous conception, since that which is manifested cannot be sat, but is something phenomenal, not everlasting, nor, in truth, even sempiternal. it is coeval and[[vol. 1, page]

ome to us" and "the day of be with us" etc. just as the square is the symbol of the four sacred forces or powers- tetraktis- so the circle shows the boundary within the infinity that no man can cross, even in spirit, nor deva nor dhyan chohan. the spirits of those who "descend and ascend" during the course of cyclic evolution shall cross the "iron-bound world" only on the day of their approach to the threshold of paranirvana. if they reach it- they will rest in the bosom of parabrahmam, or the "unknown darkness" which shall then become for all of them light- during the whole period of mahapralaya, the "great night" namely, 311,040,000,000,000 years of absorption in brahm. the day of "be-with-us" is this period of rest or paranirvana. see also for other data on this peculiar expression, the

sirification was the lot of every monad only after 3,000 cycles of existences; so in the present case. the "monad" born of the nature and the very essence of the "seven (its highest principle becoming immediately enshrined in the seventh cosmic element, has to perform its septenary gyration throughout the cycle of being and forms, from the highest to the lowest; and then again from man to god. at the threshold of paranirvana it reassumes its primeval essence and becomes the absolute once more[[vol. 1, page] 136 the secret doctrine. stanza vi. 1. by the power of the mother of mercy and knowledge (a, kwan-yin* the "triple" of kwan-shai-yin, residing in kwan-yin-tien (b, fohat, the breath of their progeny, the son of the sons, having called forth from the lower abyss (chaos) the illusive form

e of all its sisters in the solar system, differ as widely from each other in their combinations, as from the cosmic elements beyond our[[vol. 1, page] 143 the sleep of the eternal mother. solar limits* therefore, they cannot be taken as a standard for comparison with the same in other worlds* enshrined in their virgin, pristine state within the bosom of the eternal mother, every atom born beyond the threshold of her realm is doomed to incessant differentiation "the mother sleeps, yet is ever breathing" and every breath sends out into the plane of manifestation her protean products, which, carried on by the wave of the efflux, are scattered by fohat, and driven toward and beyond this or another planetary atmosphere. once caught by the latter, the atom is lost; its pristine purity is gone f

as soon as this begins, the mineral life-impulse overflows into globe b. then, when the vegetable development on globe a is complete and the animal development begins, the vegetable life-impulse overflows to globe b, and the mineral impulse passes on to globe c. then finally comes the human lifeimpulse on globe a (page 49) and so it goes on for three rounds, when it slackens, and finally stops at the threshold of our globe, at the fourth round; because the human period (of the true physical men to be, the seventh, is now reached. this is evident, for as said. there are processes of evolution which precede the mineral kingdom, and thus a wave of evolution, indeed several waves of evolution, precede the mineral wave in its progress round the spheres (ibid. and now we have to quote from anoth

ages (sub-physical) on the elemental side; the mineral kingdom; three stages on the objective physical* side- these are the (first or preliminary) seven links of the evolutionary chain "preliminary" because they are preparatory, and though belonging in fact to the natural, they yet would be more correctly described as sub-natural evolution. this process makes a halt in its stages at the third, at the threshold of the fourth stage, when it becomes, on the plane of the natural evolution, the first really manward stage, thus forming with the three elemental kingdoms, the ten, the sephirothal number. it is at this point that begins "a descent of spirit into matter equivalent to an ascent in physical[[footnote(s "physical" here means differentiated for cosmical purposes and work; that "physical

gods" emanated from the trinitarian one. in other words, it means that all the worlds or sidereal bodies (always on strict analogy) are formed one from the other, after the primordial manifestation at the beginning of the "great age" is accomplished. the birth of the celestial bodies in space is compared to a crowd or multitude of "pilgrims" at the festival of the "fires" seven ascetics appear on the threshold of the temple with seven lighted sticks of incense. at the light of these the first row of pilgrims light their incense sticks. after which every ascetic begins whirling his stick around his head in space, and furnishes the rest with fire. thus with the heavenly bodies. a laya-centre is lighted and awakened into life by the fires of another "pilgrim" after which the new "centre" rush

ents of the sacred science. it is he who changes form, yet remains ever the same. and it is he again who holds spiritual sway over the[[vol. 1, page] 208 the secret doctrine. initiated adepts throughout the whole world. he is, as said, the "nameless one" who has so many names, and yet whose names and whose very nature are unknown. he is the "initiator" called the "great sacrifice" for, sitting at the threshold of light, he looks into it from within the circle of darkness, which he will not cross; nor will he quit his post till the last day of this life-cycle. why does the solitary watcher remain at his self-chosen post? why does he sit by the fountain of primeval wisdom, of which he drinks no longer, as he has naught to learn which he does not know- aye, neither on this earth, nor in its h

er is to the leather of the chemist's boots[[vol. 1, page] 515 the mystic rays. more than once before now- do the occultists dispute the explanations of science, as affording a solution of the immediate objective agencies at work. science only errs in believing that, because it has detected in vibratory waves the proximate cause of these phenomena, it has, therefore, revealed all that lies beyond the threshold of sense. it merely traces the sequence of phenomena on a plane of effects, illusory projections from the region that occultism has long since penetrated. and the latter maintains that those etheric tremors, are not, as asserted by science, set up by the vibrations of the molecules of known bodies- the matter of our terrestrial objective consciousness- but that we must seek for the u

d is thought of in an idea connected with certain actions, as by the materialists and the physicists, then again they have hardly a right to define and claim that which can or cannot be produced by forces generated within even limited spaces, as they have not even an approximate idea of what those forces are[[vol. 1, page] 556 the secret doctrine. mr. keely, of philadelphia, was, and still is, at the threshold of some of the greatest secrets of the universe; of that chiefly on which is built the whole mystery of physical forces, and the esoteric significance of the "mundane egg" symbolism. occult philosophy, viewing the manifested and the unmanifested kosmos as a unity, symbolizes the ideal conception of the former by that "golden egg" with two poles in it. it is the positive pole that act


BLUE EQUINOX

th green wings through the world of the waters. 31. i felt the red lips of nature and the black lips of perfection. like sisters they fondled me their little brother; they decked me out as a bride; the mounted me for thy bridal chamber. 32. they fled away at thy coming; i was alone before thee. 33. i trembled at thy coming, o my god, for thy messenger was more terrible than the death-star. 34. on the threshold stood the fulminant figure of evil, the horror of emptiness, with his ghastly eyes like poisonous wells. he stood, and the chamber was corrupt; the air stank. he was an old and gnarled fish more hideous than the shells of abaddon. 35. he enveloped me with his demon tentacles; yea, the eight fears took hold upon me. 36. but i was anointed with the right sweet oil of the magister; i sl

n realize that state perfectly, but i am not a magician, i know little or nothing of the equinox 148 ceremonial magick, except from reading; my results have not been accompanied by visions. what results i have obtained have been in the nature of becoming the thing itself, not seeing it. however, to pass on: is the idea of coming back to help others (see sun. apr. 16) only a form of the dweller on the threshold and caused through fear of annihilation or madness? or is it a concession to my own weakness, a pandering to my .self. because i am really nowhere near ready to hurl myself into the gulf, instead of which i come back to normal consciousness, and try and make myself believe i have .given up. what i .could not get. for the sake of .others. which do not exist at the time (for me? this i

ritten "i know that my redeemer liveth, and that he shall stand at the latter day upon the earth. the equinox 304 do not even the most pious and pig-headed agree that these are the last days? are we not come through much tribulation to the latter end of the apocalypse, and shall we not cry with the apostle "the spirit and the bride say: come "yea, come, lord jesus, come quickly" john st. john. on the threshold of the unseen. an examination of the phenomena of spiritualism and of the evidence for survival after death. by sir william f. barrett. e. p. dutton& co. sir william barrett.s book is decidedly well worth reading by those who imagine that there is nothing in spiritualism and kindred subjects. sir william barrett has marshalled his facts and fictions in a very creditable manner. it is

inds the mind, and leaves the unwary an abandoned wreck. i am inclined to believe that most of blavatsky.s notes are intended as blinds .light. such as is described has a technical meaning. it would be too petty to regard mara as a christian would regard a man who offered him a cigarette. the supreme and blinding light of this jewel is the great vision of light. it is the light which streams from the threshold of nirvana, and mara is the .dweller on the threshold. it is absurd to call this light .evil. in any commonplace sense. it is the two-edged sword, flaming every way, that keeps the gate of the tree of life. and there is a further arcanum connected with this which it would be improper here to divulge. 33. the moth attracted to the dazzling flame of thy nightlamp is doomed to perish in

is certainly the only thing upon which we can rely as a guide to the teachings of the buddha, if there ever was a buddha. but we are in no wise bound to accept such teachings blindly, however great our personal reverence for the teacher. 84. but it is said .the last shall be the greatest. samyak sambuddha, the teacher of perfection, gaye up his self for the salvation of the world, by stopping at the threshold of nirvana.the pure state. here is further metaphysical difficulty. one kind of nothing, by taking its pleasures sadly, becomes an altogether superior kind of nothing. it is with no hope of personal advancement that the masters teach. personal advancement has ceased to have any meaning long before one becomes a master. nor do they teach because they are such nice kind people. masters

o atman, to regard everything as a corruption of atman, if you please, but a corruption which is unreal, because atman is the only real thing. there is a similar instruction in liber legis .let there be no difference made among you between any one thing& any other thing; and you are urged not to .confound the space-marks, saying: they are one; or saying, they are many. 20. before thou standest on the threshold of the path; before thou crossest the foremost gate, thou hast to merge the two into the one and sacrifice the personal to self impersonal, and thus destroy the .path. between the two. antas-karana. here is again the confusion noted with regard to verse 15.for the destruction of the lower manas implies an attainment not less than that of a master of the temple. 21. thou hast to be pr

echoed back, so must the heart of him .who in the stream would enter. thrill in response to every sigh and thought of all that lives and breathes. here is another absurdity. what is the sense of asking a man at his initial step if he has complied with all the rules? if the disciple were in the condition mentioned, he would be already very far advanced. but of course if we were to take the words .the threshold of the path .the foremost gate .the stream. as equivalent to srotapatti, the passage would gain in intelligibility. but, just as in the noble eight-fold path, the steps are concurrent, not consecutive, so, like the comte de saint germain, when he was expelled from berlin, one can go through all the seven gates at once. 23. disciples may be likened to the strings of the soulechoing vi

not rise above tiphareth. i am very sorry to have to remark at this point that madame blavatsky is now wholly obsessed by her own style. she indulges, much more than in the earlier part of this treatise, in poetic and romantic imagery, and in miltonic inversion (i do not here refer to lycidas) consequently we get quite a long passage on a somewhat obvious point, and the evil persona or dweller of the threshold is introduced. however, it is a correct enough place. that dweller is fear.his form is dispersion. it is in this sense that satan, or rather samael, a totally different person, the accuser of the brethren, is the devil. the seven portals 93 36. beware, disciple, of that lethal shade. no light that shines from spirit can dispel the darkness of the nether soul unless all selfish though

ssence of thought, of which thoughts are perhaps debased images, but which in no way partakes of anything concerning them. the seven portals 105 62. thou hast to reach that fixity of mind in which no breeze, however strong, can waft an earthly thought within. thus purified, the shrine must of action, sound, or earthly light be void; e.en as the butterfly, o.ertaken by the frost, falls lifeless at the threshold. so must all earthly thoughts fall dead before the fane. again another phase of this task. complete detachment, perfect silence, absolute will; this must be that pure chiah which is utterly removed from ruach. 63. behold it written .ere the gold flame can burn with steady light, the lamp must stand well guarded in a spot free from wind. exposed to shifting breeze, the jet will flicke

still further develops the same doctrine. you have acquired the supreme creative force. you are the word, and it must be spoken (verse 83. there is a good deal of anticlimax in verse 83, and a peculiarly unnecessary split infinitive. blavatsky.s difficulty seems to have been that although she is always talking of the advance of the good narjol, he never seems to advance in point of view. now, on the threshold of the last path, he is still an ordinary person with vague visionary yearnings! it is true that he wishes the unity of all that lives, complete harmony in the parts, and perfect light in the whole. it is also true that he may spend a great deal of time in killing or otherwise instructing men, but he has not got at all the old conception. the ordinary buddhist is quite unable to see


BOOK OF DOOM

the proud, and the resourceful in the universe. 2.12. therefore they are not religionists of any kind. 2.13. o.a.i. stands for ordo algolis interstellaris vel infernalis. 2.14. it is an interstellar order of black magicians that is older than mankind. 2.15. it is for the proud, for the powerful, and for the resourceful. 2.16. algol symbolizes the principle of creative dynamics in the universe at the threshold of creation. 2.17. structured deities that emanate from algol take undeserved credit for some creation in the past. 2.18. seeded by algol, the o.a.i. was one of the most powerful dynamic and creative forces in human history. caput tertium: imperium infernalis 3.1. true power expresses itself in its effects. 3.2. it is not in need to express itself in exterior form. 3.3. the choice is

eys to specific expressions of power. 3.6. in the beginning is chaos. 3.7. algol is the gate of chaos which creates the worlds. 3.8. the world creates from the below of the chaos to the above. 3.9. created deities will always claim to have created the worlds. 3.10. this is so because created deities can neither understand themselves nor can they understand time. 3.11. the great infernal empire is the threshold of chaos and abyss. 3.12. there are four main realms in the great infernal empire. 3.13. the first realm of the great infernal empire is the infernal government, with lucifer, belial, satan, beelzebub, astaroth, and pluto. 3.14. the second realm of the great infernal empire is the domain of the seven infernal grand dukes, whose names are: mephistophilis, ariel, anifel, marbuel, aziel


BUCKLAND RAYMOND COMPLETE BOOK OF WITCHCRAFT

the craft's point of view, to sort out the wheat from the chaff; those who are sincerely interested in witchcraft as a religion, as opposed to those who have all the wrong ideas believing it to be devil-worship, looking for wild orgies, wanting to join "just for kicks, etc, etc. so after the very long waiting period, during which she has been reading and studying, the initiate is at last there on the threshold. she looks about the inner sanctum for the first time at the flickering candles, the smoking incense, the stem-faced priest pointing a sword directly at her. it may seem a little ominous to her; a little frightening. it would be small wonder if she then and there decided she would not bother going through with it after all. perhaps shed take up macrame instead!if such should be her d


CASSANDRA EASON A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGIC

rotection for a traveller, purification of a house or comfort for a child unhappy at school. twists of salt in silver foil hidden in the corners of a room at home or work can offer protection, as can salt in a drawstring bag carried while travelling to guard against illness, accident or harm. you can also scatter a circle of salt around a schoolbag, travel bag or briefcase, around your desk or on the threshold, to create a protective shield. you can charge pepper in the same way to make a salt and pepper floor wash for floors (this is an old afro-caribbean tradition. as you scrub or sprinkle, create the empowerment charm, for example 'salt of earth, pepper of fire, guard my home and cleanse away all harm. pepper also works wonders for keeping away the office vamp or adonis and if you think


CHRONOLOGIA RORISPERGIUS

. 1592- 1670 john amos comenius rosicrucian published janua linguarum reserata (the gates of tongues unlocked and opened)and the way of light..we may hope that 'an art of arts, a science of sciences, a wisdom of wisdom, a light of light' shall at length be possessed. the inventions of previous ages, navigation and printing, have opened a way for the spread of light. we may expect that we stand on the threshold of yet greater advances. the 'universal books' will make it possible for all to learn and to join in the advance. the book of pansophia will be completed" 1593-1641 jan torrentius- painter: eques rosae crucis "that which exists without limitation, perishes in unlimited evil" 1593-1652 abraham von franckenberg 1593-1643 joachim morsius rosicrucian enthusiast chemical philosopher 1594


CROSSING THE DESERT

ese concepts. the other point is the everchanging world of time, where you can see the effect that your coming into being has had. like the ageless intelligence of the universe, you can interact with either realm, and you are in a place of your own making between them. you dwell in this borderland at all times- but one of the best magical opportunities to explore this threshold is when you are on the threshold. freedom and responsibility (which are the conscious forms of chaos and order) swirl around you. all is made new and the decisions you take shape the future- yet your only guide is the wisdom you've squeezed from your past. what a wonderful moment to pause and fill yourself with the words xepera xeper xeperu. i have come into being and by my coming into being the way of coming into b

minds you of the importance of the present as shaping the future. it reminds you of your force of being which has created all of your knowledge of your past. it actively takes your past, present, and future and creates from them a gate to the eternal. it takes from the eternal and makes a gate for its manifestation through your life, which is afterall the magical link for the great work. pause at the threshold, touch the real, and move on. there's a universe waitiuncultus sabbati: provenance, dream and magistry the sabbatic craft is a name for a nameless faith. it is a term used to describe an ongoing tradition of sorcerous wisdom, an initiatory path proceeding from both immediate vision and historical succession. in a historical sense, the sabbatic craft is usefully set against the backgr


DAVID ICKE CHILDREN OF THE MATRIX

wer the stimulation necessary to induce them. this means a pilot who drinks diet sodas is more susceptible to flicker vertigo, or to flicker-induced epileptic activity. it also means that all pilots are potential victims of sudden memory loss, dizziness during instrument flight, and gradual loss of vision."2 and aspartame is no longer confined to diet drinks. it changes brain chemistry and lowers the threshold for seizures, causes mood disorders and other problems of the nervous system. it is also addictive. hence people often find it difficult to stop consuming the soft drinks that contain aspartame. symptoms of multiple sclerosis, chronic fatigue, rheumatoid arthritis, depression and other mood disorders have vanished in many patients after they stopped aspartame consumption. ten per cen


DICTIONARY GLOSSARY OF OCCULT TERMINOLOGY

, which could then be made to speak oracular utterances or answer questions through signs. some living statues were used as temple guardians. sturgeon's law: attributed to the famous science fiction author, theodore sturgeon. when asked by someone if ninety percent (90) of science fiction was garbage, his response was that ninety-percent (90) of everything is garbage. subliminal: literally "below the threshold" here applied to experience or knowledge which enters the psyche (q.v, and can even result in action without itself coming to consciousness. succubus: a spirit considered to be a lesser demon (q.v) that comes in a feminine shape/form to have sexual union with a mortal man, often against his will and usually while he is asleep. the plural is succubi. symbol: a sign or object that repr


DION FORTUNE MYSTICAL QABALA

age 36] selves they are incapable of maintaining more than the fugitive existence in consciousness as a flash of realisation, but without them the ova of philosophical thought will be infertile. impregnated by them, however, though their suhstance is absorbed and lost in the very act of impregnation growth takes place within the formless germ of thought, and ultimately, after due gestation beyond the threshold of consciousness, the mind gives birth to an idea. 14. if we want to get the best out of our minds, we must learn to allow for this period of latency, this impregnation of our minds by something outside our plane of existence, and its gestation beyond the threshold of consciousness. the invocations of an initiation ceremony are designed to call down this impregnating influence upon t

the secrets of the sphere under investigation. but we do not try too hard; for if we concentrate upon a symbol and strain at it, as it were, we shall close the meshes of the tenuous veil that shields the subconscious mind. in these investigations, half meditation, half reverie, we want to work on the borders of consciousness and subconsciousness so as to induce that which is subconscious to cross the threshold and come within our reach. 26. as we proceed thus, following out the ramifications of the association-chains, we shall find that a running comment of intuition accompanies the process, and after the experiment has been repeated two or three times we shall feel that we know that sephirah in a peculiarly intimate way, that we feel at home there, that the feel of it is quite different t

of evolution. human intelligence develops, and begins to meditate upon causation and discerns the gods. be it noted that primitive man has never achieved monotheism in a single stride; he has alwavs conceived of causation as multiform and it has required many generations of culture to reduce the many to the one. 11. this brings us to the great question, which might almost be called the dweller on the threshold of occult science, the horror which confronts every adventurer into the unseen which unites in itself the functions of the sphinx, and asks a question of the soul upon the answer to which hangs his fate. shall he be condemned to wander in the realms of illusion? shall he be turned back on to the planes of form, or shall he he permitted to pass on into the light? this question is, do


DION FORTUNE PSYCHIC SELF DEFENSE

nditions, however, in which the veil may be rent and we may meet the unseen. we may find ourselves in a place where these forces are concentrated. we may meet people who are handling these forces. we may ourselves go out to meet the unseen, led by our interest in it, and get out of our depth before we know where we are; or we may fall victim to certain pathological conditions which rend the veil. the threshold of the unseen is a treacherous coast on which to bathe. there are potholes and currents and quicksands. the strong swimmer, who knows he coast, may venture in comparative safety. the non-swimmer, who takes counsel of nothing but his own impulses, may pay for his temerity with his life. but we must not make the mistake of thinking that these invisible forces are necessarily evil and i

nd bones, lying on the bed, too weak to move. and yet no definite disease can be demonstrated. such a case is an extreme example, proceeding unchecked to its logical conclusion. other issues are possible, however. the resistance may be good, in which case the attack is unable to gain a foothold on the physical plane, and is limited to that borderland between matter and mind which we perceive upon the threshold of sleep. this is a very terrible experience, for the victim is afraid to sleep and cannot keep awake indefinitely. worn out by fear and lack of sleep, mental breakdown soon supervenes. nervous exhaustion and mental breakdown are the commoner results of astral attack among white people, for in europe at any rate it is not often that an attacker is able to bring the attack to a conclu

has the power to inhibit them. in most cases, suggestions made in this way are never recognised as coming from outside, but are only discovered after they have matured in the subconsciousness and are beginning to take effect. we do not see the invisible seed, that has been sown in our mind by the mind of another, but in due course germination takes place and the strong-growing shoot appears above the threshold of consciousness as if it were a native growth. the skillful suggestionist always aims at 13 of 103 making his suggestions harmonise with the bias of the personality; for if they do not, the established sub-conscious complexes will expel them before they have time to strike root. all he can really do is to reinforce and stimulate the ideas and impulses that are already there, though

i did not relish the prospect of being the housemate of a dangerous lunatic who was under no sort of control. the head of the community, however, said there was no cause for alarm, he would soon have the case in hand. he went up to the bath room, filled a soap-dish with water from the tap, made certain passes over it, and dipping his finger in the water, proceeded to draw a five-pointed star upon the threshold of miss l.'s room. miss l. made no attempt to leave her room until forty-eight hours later when he fetched her out himself. as he had promised, he soon had her in hand. he had several long talks with her, at which i was not present, and at the end of a few days a very chastened miss l. began to go about her household duties again. there were relapses, and there were struggles, but in

to who had left the door open the night before, but no one could ever be convicted of the blame. finally the matter came to the knowledge of the head of the group "i will soon put a stop to that" he said, and each night he re-sealed miss l.'s room with the pentagram. we had no more trouble with the front door coming open after that. while he was dealing with miss l. he made a practice of sealing the threshold of his own room in the same way, only in this case he drew the pentagram point outwards, to prevent miss d. from coming in; whereas when he sealed her room, he put its point inwards, to prevent her coming out. she did not know this, nor was it likely to reach her ears indirectly, for he was very uncommunicative, i only knew that he was sealing his room because i chanced to see him do

ard a knock at my door, and there was miss l. with her arms full of clean linen. she asked me if i would be good enough to take it into the room of the head of the community, and put it away. i asked her why she did not do so herself, for i knew he was out, and it was her work to put away the linen. she replied that she had been to his room for that purpose, but there was a psychic barrier across the threshold that prevented her entering. she also asked me, on several occasions, to put inside my frock out of sight a little silver cross that i habitually wore, as she said she could not bear the sight of it. this cross i had purchased just before coming to this occult college, and had taken it to a priest of my acquaintance to be blessed, for i had not been altogether easy in my mind concern

re connected with esoteric studies. the entry of occult concepts into the conscious mind tends to awaken the subconscious memory of similar experiences in past lives. the emotion surrounding a memory is invariably recovered before the actual image of the incident (this is one of the best tests for the accuracy of memories of past lives) this foreshadowing emotion may hang about for a long time on the threshold of consciousness before the images clarify sufficiently to became tangible. if the emotion that is rising over the horizon is of a painful nature it may cause considerable disturbance, and in the absence of an experienced adviser may be attributed to an occult attack, or to the psychic perception of evil influences in the occult group to which the neophyte is affiliated. it is necess

s spontaneous psychism. one's vision resembles the use of a microscope in which one examines prepared material. the general sense of vague uneasiness gradually matured into a definite sense of menace and antagonism, and presently i began to see demon faces in flashes, resembling those picture-images which psychologists call by the unpleasing name of hypnogogics, flashes of dream which appear upon the threshold of sleep. i was quite unsuspicious 69 of 103 of any particular individual, though i realised that my articles had probably stirred somebody up pretty thoroughly; what was my surprise, then, to receive from a person whom i looked upon as a friend and for whom i had the greatest respect, a letter which left me in no doubt whatever as to the source of the attack and what i might expect


EGYPTIAN BOOK OF THE DEAD PAPYRUS OF ANI MALESTROM

ss thou tell my name 'weight of the place of right and truth' is thy name. i will not let thee (31) pass in by me' saith the right post of the door 'unless thou tell my name (32 'weigher of the labours of right and truth' is thy name 'i will not let thee enter in by me' saith the left post (33) of the door 'unless thou tell my name 'judge of (34) wine) is thy name 'i will not let thee pass' saith the threshold of the door (35) unless thou tell my name 'ox of seb' is thy name 'i will not open unto thee (36) saith the bolt-socket of the door 'unless thou tell my name 'flesh of his (37) mother' is thy name. i will not open unto thee' saith the lock of the door 'unless thou tell my name' the utchat of sebek, the lord of bakhan, liveth' is thy name (38 'i will not open unto thee, and i will not


ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

se the burning bush, out of which god communicated to moses his holy name, and from a part of which moses made his magic wand. this was placed in the ark of the covenant and was planted by king david on mount zion, where it grew into a triple tree and was later cut down by solomon to form the pillars jachin and boaz, which were placed at the entrance to the temple. a third portion was inserted in the threshold of the great gate and acted as a talisman, permitting no unclean thing to enter the sanctuary. however, certain wicked priests removed it, weighted it with stones, and cast it into the temple reservoir, where it was guarded by an angel, who kept it from the sight of men. during the time of christ the reservoir was drained and the beam of wood discovered and thrown across the brook ke

barrett, who investigated the case and reported on it in the journal of the society for psychical research (december 1895, was not satisfied. working on the theory that a manservant may have come in and seated himself in the chair, he took a test photograph and got a picture that was almost a duplicate of the combermere photograph. with this the matter seemed ended, but, as he told in his book on the threshold of the unseen (1918, some time later he received a letter from lord combermere s daughter-in-law in which she said: the face was always too indistinct to be quite convincing to me, though some of his children had no doubt at all of the identity. i may add, none of the menservants in the house in the least resembled the figure and were all young men; whilst the outside men were all at

utomatic writing, drawing, and painting. 3. phonetic automatism: trance speaking. 4. mixed automatism: incarnations. sensory automatism embraces the phenomena of clairvoyance, clairaudience, and crystal gazing. therefore, according to myers s scheme, the bulk of the phenomena of psychical research would range under the heading: automatism. autoscope term used by sir william barrett in his work on the threshold of the unseen (1917) to denote any mechanical means whereby communication from the unknown may reach us. the unknown may be an extraneous mind, living or dead, or the subconscious. the planchette, the ouija board, and the divining rod are typical autoscopes. sources: barrett, william. on the threshold of the unseen. new york: e. p. dutton, 1917. autoscopy a term dating from the mesme

in his paper some reminiscences of fifty years of psychical research (1924, he concludes that there is convincing evidence for (1) the existence of a spiritual world (2) for survival after death, and (3) for occasional communications from those who have died. barrett was convinced of the possibility of life of some kind in the luminiferous ether. it is in harmony with all we know, he writes in on the threshold of the unseen, to entertain a belief in an unseen world, in which myriads of living creatures exist, some with faculties like our own, and others with faculties beneath or transcending our own; and it is possible that the evolutionary development of such a world has run on parallel lines to our own. the rivalry of life, the existence of instinct, intellect, conscience, will, right an

und. although barrett is remembered for his work in psychical research, he also did outstanding work as a physicist and in 1899 was elected a fellow of the royal society. he died may 26, 1925, in london. sources: barrett, sir william f. death-bed visions. london: methuen, 1926. reprint, wellingborough, england: aquarian press, 1986. the divining rod. new hyde park, n.y: university books, 1968. on the threshold of a new world of thought: an examination of the phenomena of spiritualism and of the evidence for survival after death. new york: e. p. dutton, 1918. on the threshold of the unseen. 1917. reprint, new york: e. p. dutton, 1918. psychical research. new york: h. holt [1911. some reminiscences of fifty years of psychical research, proceedings of the society for psychical research 34 (19

nce claimed to have been transported to sea by a demon, where she saw other sorcerers raising storms to sink ships. one day as she was sleeping a demon carried her off to the devil s sabbath, where she awoke to find herself in the midst of a large company. she saw that the principal demon had two faces, like the roman god janus. she did not participate in the revelry, and was transported home. on the threshold she found her amulet, which the demon had removed from her bosom before taking her away. she confessed all that had happened, renounced her practice of witchcraft, and saved herself from the common fate of witches and sorcerers of her day. dactylomancy a term covering various forms of divination practiced with the aid of rings. one method resembles the table-tipping or raps of spirit

neral public, and it is now possible to discuss the experimenter effect, where the hostile skepticism or uncritical beliefs of scientific investigators may respectively inhibit or enhance paranormal phenomena. moreover, there is disturbing evidence that scientists can also cheat; review of the evidence for the paranormal has disclosed some probable manipulation of data. sources: barrett, w. f. on the threshold of a new world. london: kegan paul, 1908. revised as on the threshold of the unseen: an examination of the phenomena of spiritualism and of the evidence for survival after death. new york: e. p. dutton, 1971. dingwall, eric j, and john langdon-davies. the unknown. is it nearer? new york: new american library, 1956. ducasse, c. j. paranormal phenomena, science, and life after death. n

l hounds, by writhing serpents, lamiae, strygae and empusae, and figures of terror and loathing. she presided over the dark mysteries of birth and death; she was worshipped at night in the flare of torches. she was the three-headed hecate of the crossroads where little round cakes or a lizard mask set about with candles were offered to her in propitiation, that none of the phantom mob might cross the threshold of man. love-magic and death-magic, the usual forms of sorcery, became common in greece as elsewhere. love philters and charms were eagerly sought, the most innocent being bitten apples and enchanted garlands. means of protection against the evil eye became a necessity, tales of bewitchment were spread abroad, and misfortune and death were being brought upon the innocent and unwary b

efficient channel. if the hypnotizer is more successful than the average psychic healer, an explanation may be found in the trance state into which the patient is thrown, giving him direct access to the subconscious self to which, to use the words of f. w. h. myers, a successful appeal is being made through suggestion. in the proceedings of the society for psychical research, he suggests, beneath the threshold of waking consciousness there lies, not merely an unconscious complex of organic processes but an intelligent vital control. to incorporate that profound control with our waking will is the great evolutionary end which hypnotism, by its group of empirical artifices, is beginning to help us to attain. this vital control he believed to be the result of some influx from the unseen world

ose (1840.1911, a bengali scholar, until his death. it continued to appear through july 1916. hippomancy a method of divination practiced by the ancient celts, who kept certain white horses in consecrated groves. the horses were made to walk immediately behind sacred carts and auguries were drawn from their movements. the ancient germans kept similar steeds in their temples. if the horses crossed the threshold with the left forefoot first on leaving the temples at the outbreak of hostilities, it was regarded as an evil omen and the war was abandoned. sources: waite, arthur edward. the occult sciences. 1891. reprint, secaucus, n.j: university books, 1974. hmana zena slavonic name for a witch in dalmatia (present-day croatia. the term means common woman. hmin nat a burmese evil spirit. hobgo

itable to the present generation. innovation is invited, and contemporary psychological insights integrated into the group s material. prospective members are invited to take two courses, one in basic occult perspectives and the cabala (or kabbalah, followed by one introducing the mysteries (i.e, magic) and the use of ritual and symbol. those who complete these courses may then be invited to take the threshold course that actually prepares them to join the group as working members. the group emphasizes practical work and action and has little toleration for mere occult philosophy. it aims at the personal regeneration of each member through high magic. members are also expected to have an impact upon the larger society as it is believed that regenerated persons will assist in the continued


ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 2

he redecorated the facilities at 19 avenue rd, regents park, where blavatsky moved in 1890, and she invited him to move his studio into the same building. he designed the urn that held blavatsky s ashes following her death and cremation in 1891. machell s art took on a mystical/gnostic cast and realism gave way to symbolism. he soon produced some of his most famous paintings, including dweller on the threshold, the birth of the planet and lead kindly light. in 1900 he moved to the united states and joined the theosophical community at point loma, san diego, california, established by the independent american branch of the theosophical society by katherine tingley. over the next years he worked on the decor of the buildings, wrote articles for the community s periodical, the theosophical pa

d control of undesirable spirits. moses further stated, in developing mediumship one has to consider a question involving three serious points. can you get into relation with a spirit who is wise enough and strong enough to protect and good enough for you to trust? if you do not, you are exposed to that recurrent danger which the old occultists used to describe as the struggle with the dweller on the threshold. it is true that everybody who crosses the threshold of this occult knowledge does unquestion- medium encyclopedia of occultism& parapsychology. 5th ed. 1014 ably come into a new and strange land in which, if he has no guide, he is apt to lose his way. the nervous equilibrium of the medium during the seance may be easily disturbed. hudson tuttle observed of his own work, during the p

ors were about at the height of a foot from the carpet. sergeant e. w. cox, in what am i (2 vols, 1873.74, writes: as mr. home and myself were entering the drawing room lighted with gas, a very heavy armchair that was standing by the fire, thirteen feet from us, was flung from its place through the whole length of the room and fell at our feet. no other person was in the room and we were crossing the threshold of the door. arthur levy writes in his report on eusapia palladino, november 16, 1898: just as if she was defying some monster, she turns, with inflamed looks, toward an enormous divan, which thereupon marches up to us. she looks at it with a satanic smile. finally she blows upon the divan, which goes immediately back to its place (camille flammarion, mysterious psychic forces, 1907

hische forschung (march 15, 1931) a story of a personal experience of the late count buerger moerner that contains this incident: passing through the little garden and glancing in at the window as he approached the house (looking for public refreshment) the count was horrified to see the body of an old woman hanging from a ceiling beam. he burst into the room with a cry of horror, but once across the threshold was stunned with amazement to find the old woman rising startled from her chair, demanding the reason of his surprising intrusion. no hanging body was to be seen and the old lady herself was not only very much alive, but indignant as well. some days later, being again in that locality, he decided to visit the hut once more, curious to see if by some peculiarity of the window pane he

e louder and louder, on the table, on the chairs of the sitters. sometimes they are like hammerblows, so loud that they can be heard outside, and they shake the floor and the chairs. they can imitate any different sounds, the step of a man, the trot of a horse, the rubbing of a match, or the bouncing of a ball. sir william f. barrett, who like crawford also sat in the goligher circle, wrote in on the threshold of the unseen (1917: very soon knocks came and messages were spelt out as one of us repeated the alphabet aloud. suddenly the knocks increased in violence, and being encouraged, a tremendous bang came which shook the room and resembled the blow of a sledge hammer on an anvil. in proceedings of the society for psychical research (vol. 17, p. 726, a case of rapping was described by a m

cushion, and the raps occurred apparently on the floor with the same quality of sound as when her feet were on the floor. i then tried the steam radiator some distance away, and the rap had a metallic ring, as if on iron. i then tried the piano experiment again. the raps were very loud, and made the string ring so that the sound could be heard perhaps a hundred feet away. again barrett, in his on the threshold of the unseen, observed: on one occasion i asked for the raps to come on a small table near me, which florrie [the medium] was not touching, they did so; i then placed one of my hands on the upper and the other on the under surface of the table, and in this position i felt the slight jarring made by the raps on the part of the table enclosed between my hands. it made no difference wh

t levels of awareness and grades of reality in relation to mobile consciousness, the nature of the soul, death, and after-death experiences. in a communication titled the unknown reality, seth stated: the individual self must become aware of far more reality, it must allow its identity to expand to include previously unconscious knowledge. your species is in a time of change.you are now poised on the threshold from which the race can go many ways. potentials within the body s mechanisms, not as yet used, can immeasurably enrich the race and bring it to levels of spiritual, psychic, and physical fulfillment. but if some changes are not made, the race will not endure. i am suggesting ways in which the unknown reality can become a known one. sources: roberts, jane. the god of jane: a psychic

ho conduct our wickedest industry (1932; harry houdini s a magician among the spirits (1924; and the anonymous revelations of a spirit medium (1891; reissued by harry price and eric j. dingwall. sources: ancient wisdom and secret sects, mysteries of the unknown. alexandria, va: time-life books, 1996. barbanell, maurice. spiritualism today. london: herbert jenkins, 1969. barrett, sir william f. on the threshold of the unseen: an examination of the phenomena of spiritualism and of the evidence for survival after death. london: kegan paul; new york: e. p. dutton, 1917. bayless, raymond. voices from beyond. new hyde park, n.y: university books, 1975. beard, paul. survival of death: for and against. london: psychic press, 1972. berger, arthur s, j.d; and, berger, joyce, m.a. the encyclopedia of

not as famous as lourdes, many healings have been reported from the shrine. sources: charles-edwards, t. saint winifrede and her well. london: catholic truth society, 1971. david, christopher. saint winifrede s well. slough, uk: kennion press, 1969. jones, francis. the holy wells of wales. cardiff: university of wales, 1992. subconscious a term used by some to describe a segment of the mind below the threshold of consciousness and by others as a collective name for mental phenomena dissociated from those directly or introspectively cognized. f. w. h. myers, an early and prominent psychical researcher, ascribed various supernormal faculties to it. during the early twentieth century, theories involving such faculties eliminated for many any need to appeal to spirit agencies. others, however

for receiving and transmitting foreign transcendental stimuli, to which, on favorable occasions, it becomes sensitive. subjective phenomena subjective, as distinguished from objective, is a classification for mental phenomena that are not capable of objective validation, as in the case of physical phenomena. subliminal a term first used by a. h. pierce of harvard university for sensations beneath the threshold of consciousness, too vague to be individually recognized. f. w. h. myers extended the meaning to cover all that takes place beneath the consciousness threshold.sensations, thoughts, and emotions that seldom emerge but form a consciousness quite as complex and coherent as the supraliminal one, since they demonstrate processes of mentation and exhibit a continuous chain of memory. nev

of personality from the state of waking toward the direction of trance, we have hypnotism (3) when the subliminal mentation forces itself up through the supraliminal, without amalgamation, as in crystal vision, automatic writing, and so forth, we have sensory or motor automatism. subliminal self a term formerly used in psychical research to denote that part of the personality is normally beneath the threshold (limen) separating consciousness from unconsciousness. the phrase owed its popularity largely to pioneer researcher f. w. h. myers, who made use of it to explain the psychic phenomena he had observed. the view of myers was that only a fraction of the human personality, or soul, finds adequate expression through the ordinary cerebral processes, because the brain and physical organism

consciousness, depth psychology, psychedelic research, astrology, and gnosticism. he has, for example, contributed essays furthering the psychological interpretation of astrology and arguing for the importance of astrology in understanding the evolution of the western mind. sources: tarnas, richard t. the passion of the western mind. new york: harmony books/random house, 1991. the western mind at the threshold. the astrotherapy newsletter 3, no.4 (november 1990. tarot (or tarots) french term for a special pack of playing cards popularly used for the purpose of divination. these cards enjoyed a boost in popularity as a self-discovery tool of the new age and a development tool among wiccans and ritual magicians. the derivation of the word tarot is still debated. some suggest that these cards

bright but amazed, and said i have just come from karjat. he didn t come through any door. my sister describes the posture of the boy as having been most remarkable. when she looked up from her letter-writing she saw him bending forward; both his arms were hanging away from his sides, and the hands hanging limp.his feet were not touching the floor, as she saw a distinct space between his feet and the threshold. it was precisely the posture of a person who has been gripped round the waist and carried, and therefore makes no effort but is gently dropped at his destination. this account is unique, as in no other case was the actual arrival of the transported individual seen. two accounts of transportation are to be found in the amazing case of carlos mirabelli, the south american medium. on t


FAUST

e. they go into the gateway of the town. study faust [entering with the poodle. meadow and field have i forsaken, that deeps of night from sight enroll; a solemn awe the deeps awaken, rousing in us the better soul. no wild desires can longer win me, no stormy lust to dare and do; the love of all mankind stirs in me, the love of god is stirred anew. be quiet, poodle! don t make such a riot! why at the threshold do you sniff the air? lie down behind the stove in quiet! my best of cushions i will give you there. as on the hillside pathway, leaping and running about, you amused us best, so take now too from me your keeping, but as a welcome, silent guest. ah, when the friendly lamp is glowing again within our narrow cell, through heart and bosom light comes flowing if but the heart knows itsel

ey say i murdered it outright. i never shall again be glad. they re singing songs about me! that is bad of people! an old story ends just so. who bids them tell it of me, though? faust [throws himself down. here at your feet a lover lies, to loose the bondage of these miseries. margaret [throws herself beside him. oh, let us kneel, call on the saints to hear us! see! under these steps near us and the threshold s swell, seething all hell! the devil, in fearful brawling, holds awful revel! faust [loudly. gretchen! gretchen! margaret [listening attentively. that was my lover calling! she springs up. the chains fall off. where is he? i heard him calling! i am free! no one shall hinder me. to his neck will i fly, on his bosom lie! he called gretchen! he stood at the door of my cell. through the

me, bind me with lashes! away and to the block i m sped. each neck is wincing at the flashes as swift the keen blade flashes over my head. hushed lies the world as the grave. faust oh! had i never been born! mephistopheles [appears outside. off! or you re lost and lorn. what vain delaying, wavering, prating! my shivering steeds are waiting, the morning twilight s near. margaret what rises up from the threshold here? he! he! thrust him out! in this holy place what is he about? he seeks me! faust you shall live! margaret judgment of god! my all to thee i give! mephistopheles [to faust. come! come! along with her i will abandon you. margaret thine am i, father! rescue me! ye angels! ye heavenly hosts! appear, encamp about and guard me here! henry! i shrink from you! mephistopheles she is judg

approach them if you dare and speak to them if you are not affrighted. mephistopheles why not- i see a something and i wonder. i must confess although it hurts my pride: the like of them i ve never yet espied. why, worse mandrakes, they look yonder. how can the deadly sins then ever be considered ugly in the least degree if one has seen this monstrous trinity? we would not suffer it to dwell upon the threshold of our grimmest hell. here in the land of beauty it is rooted, the classic, antique land reputed. they seem to scent me now and stir and chitter; like vampire bats they peep and twitter. a phorkyad give me the eye, my sisters, to espy who to our temple dares to come so nigh. mephistopheles most honoured! i approach you, with your leave, that i your threefold blessing may receive. i c


FELDMAN DANIEL QABALAH THE MYSTICAL HERITAGE OF THE CHILDREN OF ABRAHAM

xperience may deepen further into the formless world of b riyah through sefirah beauty/last, or continue to move up the central column of the tree. the gate of the gimel g is a mirror upon which collects the residue of karmic impressions (san. samskaras) of many lifetimes. hence, in the beginning stages, when we move consciously into sefirah foundation/below, we will often next see the watcher on the threshold in the mirror of the gate of the gimel g. the watcher is actually the reflection of our own reincarnating geviyah. people typically run in fear from their watcher when they encounter it in their dream state. but, the geviyah is a plastic medium subject to change. repeating the name of one s chosen small face ideal (e.g. the lord hvhy) cleanses the geviyah of the seeds of impure desir

ually caused or tantric outs can send the woman into a blissful state of ananda samadhi. repeated samadhis of varying duration generated this way can dangerously strain the nervous system and, despite the lure of prolonged states of ecstasy, should be approached with caution and temperance. 2 f 4# way of hvhy elohenu superimposed on the human body% e2 2 e" 2' 8: h f e 2+ other than the watcher on the threshold in the gate of the gimel g, and the shell of terror reflected in the gate of the alef a. between sefiroth beauty/last and realization/first (described as the experience of getting close to the throne, the gates of the central column are open and colorless. it does not have gatekeepers who must be satisfied to proceed further. the usual early response to the experience of the shell of

o commence the same meditation practice of repetition of root mantra and visualization that you do in your waking state. the geviyah is a potent platform from which to engage in zakhor. here you do not have the distractions of your physical body, such as an itchy nose or achy knees. when consciously going through the gate of the gimel g into the world of yetzirah, the experience of the watcher on the threshold can be unnerving. the watcher is a mirror that reflects the imprint of residual impressions and mazal accumulated over many lives. mazal (sanskrit karma) is a process of cause and effect, described by the adage, as ye sow, so shall ye reap. this implies that the circumstances into which you have taken birth and the ensuing stream of life experience is effected by what you have done p

he beyt worlds that falls when sefirah knowledge/first becomes sefirah kingdom. this gate connects sefirah kingdom to sefirah foundation/below on the fallen tree, and sefirah knowledge/first to sefirah crown/above on the perfect tree. gate of the gimel: letter-gate that connects sefirah foundation/below to sefirah beauty/the last along the central column; described as the mirror of the watcher on the threshold. gemara (hebrew: traditions: dialectics regarding the interpretations of the written law in the mishnah, subsequently redacted into the talmud. 04' 8: h" 2: 2 2:e 8% gematria (hebrew: a type of qabalistic numerology. geviyah (hebrew: name of the shell of embodied existence corresponding to the astral world of yetzirah. halacha (hebrew: adopted opinions, religious rules: traditional i

he qabalistic tree, and the latifa haqiqa on the sufi tree. 43' 8: h" 2: 2 2:e 8% salat (arabic: sequence of islamic prayers performed five times a day. salvikalpa samadhi (sanskrit: ecstatic absorption in godwith- qualities wherein the individuated consciousness is still present. samskaras (sanskrit: impressions: residal impressions of previous lifetimes imprinted on the mirror of the watcher on the threshold, and hard wired in the deep memory of the brain. samyana (sanskrit: one-pointed concentration. sanatana dharma (sanskrit: the spiritual tradition of the hindu vedas. satori (japanese: direct perception of the truth in buddhism; enlightenment. sefer yetzirah (hebrew: book of formation: book on the tree of life and the mystical significance of the hebrew letters written by abraham. sef

fa ruhiya on the sufi tree. viveka (sanskrit: discrimination: within the context of hindu yoga, the process of discerning the real from the unreal. wall: a meditation image in the sefer yetzirah involving all possible permutations of pairs of hebrew letters in forward and reverse order, yielding a total of 462 combinations. wasifa (arabic: divine names used in sufi spiritual practices. watcher on the threshold: a synonym for the gate of the gimel; the collective residual impressions amassed from past incarnations. way of the house of the treasuries of elohim: a singlecolumn working tree that involves the exclusive use of the central column of the tree" 45 way of the angels of destruction: a working tree that involves the exclusive use of the column of the left. way of the angels of elohim:


FRATER ELIJAH ANGELS OF CHAOS

to hadit. this being futile because it is he who must come forward. but sometimes another mind may touch through the veils and we may know. ii/4b: adjective metaphor. ii/5a: the calling of the holy guardian angel causes the reverse impulse of the infernal reflection of the angel. this being a facet of chrnzn, thus it is that the angel achieves unity in chrnzn. this monster is of us and dwells on the threshold of daath. daath being a border of nonexistence, it does not actually manifest (for it is omnipresent. the sigil of netzach is given to formulate access to daath. this allows for a gateway to be created. it is necessary for the conscious mind to be put down (an extremely difficult thing to do. this allows for egress into these spaces. it is here that the angel comes to the fore, guidi


FRATER U D PRACTICAL SIGIL MAGIC

re, are obvious4 it is temptingly easy, and with only a little practice it may be performed at any time and at any place it does not call for any costly paraphernalia; protective circles and pentagram rituals are not required (though sometimes they may prove useful, especially with operations of magical protection, etc. people who tend to psychic instability should, however, be cautious. although the threshold to schizophrenia is not as easily crossed with this method as with common evocations, it does involve cutting deeply into the ecology of the psyche, an act which should be considered carefully in any case. the psycho-magical consequences are sometimes quite incalculable. as is well known, the real problem with magic is not so much the question whether it works, but rather the fact th


FREEMASONRY AND CATHOLICISM BY MAX HEINDEL 2

of the ancient alchemists have always been much mystified by what is said concerning the philosopher's stone and the process of transmuting the base metals into gold. these claims have naturally given rise to a great deal of vague speculation. from time to time, students have asked for a direct statement from the writer concerning this subject of paramount importance, and as we are standing upon the threshold of a new age where this precious jewel with all its power will be evolved and possessed by a considerable number of people, we feel that it is important to divest the subject of all the mystery that surrounds it and speak in plain terms concerning the matter. then all who really wish to take the trouble involved, for it involves arduous labor, nothing worth having being ever gained w


FULLER J F C SECRET WISDOM OF THE QABALAH

project a beam of light into the chaotic lumberrooms of zoharic learning and illumine what therein lies stored. nevertheless, we believe that the little we have discovered is of priceless value, because also do we believe much of it to be universally true, offering to the tumultuous years in which we live a key to the door which at present bars us from a completer understanding. today we wait on the threshold of this door, fearfully gazing out upon a world monstrous and twoheaded. darkness has taken upon itself a political form which has bereft the nations of their sight; has shrouded their minds and blotted out their wisdom; has sown among them the dragon's teeth of war. we stand today at the foot of the tower of babel- the tower of class strife and international conflict. meanwhile ligh

s to study these shadows, to classify them and explain them in the simplest possible way. 7 scientists are, therefore, concerned in explaining the shadows of reality in terms of the rational symbols of today, just as the qabalists were concerned in explaining them in terms of the rational (then theological and non-scientific) symbols of their day. like the qabalist the scientist can lead us up to the threshold of the symbolic temple of god- this world and universe defined and explained by science (knowledge. but on account of the limitations of the instrument he uses, namely rational thought, he cannot lead us into it. to enter it we need something, a faculty, which transcends the reason. in the example we have above given of examining the sun by means of a looking-glass because we are una


GILBERT AE WAITE A MAGICIAN OF MANY PARTS

re were givenuntothem two sisters, daughters of thehouseof life, for high priestesses and ministers..these were children of the elements, queens of fire and water, fullofinward magic andofoutwardwitchery, full of music and song, radiantwiththe illusionsoflight. bythemthetwobrothers were served and refected solongas they were proselytesofthe gate, postulants at the door' of the temple, dwellers on the threshold, waiting to be passed, raised, exalted, installed and enthroned.andthetwobrothers proceededthroughmany sub-grades of the secretorderofthedawn,the purgations and perlustrations of magic, till theannusmirabilisended (pp.12-13).butwhatfollowed wastheremovalofthe sisters andthetwo'poorbrothers' were obliged to fall backupontheirowncompany and to console themselveswithdrink,'themysteries

s, said waite 'a pregnant illustrationof trot?in the spiritual world; that there is achurchbehind thechurchon a more inward planeofbeing; andthatit is formedofthosewhohave opened the iridescent. shellofexternal doctrine and havefoundthatwhichabideswithinit. it is achurch,-the way ofdivineunion137ofmore worlds than one, for some of thecommunityare among us here andnowand some are in a stage beyond the threshold of the physicalsenses (slt; pp.170-1).it is also more than this; itis-inintent wholly and in structurepartly-arecensionofthe initiation ceremony for an adeptusminorin the independent and rectified rite. beforethesecondorderestablished its vaultatactonearly-in 1905, it wasnotpossible toworkthe 5=6 adeptusminorritual;norare there any records to indicatewhenthe first working of the ritu

e general diffusion of the important philosophical conclusions which havetaken shape in the minds of a large section of patient investigators.ii it is believed that the lost keysof the ancient secret sciencesmay yet be recovered. modern facts, regarded in the lightofold theories, and old theories explained by modern facts, seem to have brought alreadya number of individual and unassistedseekersto the threshold of the ancientwisdom.iiithosewhoare convinced of the permanence, reality, and proximityofan unseen world, andwhobelieveinthepossibilityof communication therewith, are invited to co-operate in the first systematic attempt to establish a direct correspondenceofan advanced kind between that world and the. wholebodyofhumanity.ivcertain circles of investigation, and certain unattached stu

ra, eckart,tauler,vaughan, theresa, saint-martin, and jacobbohme-e-accomplishedan individual reversion to the fontal sourceofsouls, and entered into an ecstatic communionwiththe universal consciousness. viii in view of these facts, in view of the actual discoveries which have been made in the domain of psychology by various circles of investigation, in view of the singular fields of experiment on the threshold of which the agenowstands, in view of the needs of the age to which these discoveries and these experiments can alone truly minister, we invite the co-operationofall personswhoare enthusiasts for god and the soul,whobelieve that the revelation of the indwelling spirit and the. overshadowing deity can alone accomplish a conversion in the life of mankind; we invite them in the name of

an.xvtheerectionofthe first templeofthesoul as a visible witnessofthe way of positivetruthis the grand design of the order, and it is to assist in its promotionthatthis present invitation is extended to all personswhohave received the mystic gospel and have been171__appendixa. 170 illuminated by the interior light.therituals and liturgies of this temple, by which humanity at large is to be led to the threshold of the new life, are already in course of development. synopsisofthenewscienceoflifethecreation of the perfect man can be accomplished solely by correspondencewithevolution, which is the abidinglawof life' thelaw of evolution may be sub-dividedinto-thelaws in the development of physical beauty and perfection.thelaws 267in 267the development ofthe-.highermorality,thelaws in the develo


GILBERT THE GOLDEN DAWN TWILIGHT OF THE MAGICIANS

ually lead the alchemist farther and farther from divine magic, until at length he will become a mere blinded practi255 tioner of the hermetic mysteries, and littleifany better than the ordinary so-called scientist.powerwherefore i earnestly recommend that this m.s. be only circulated among those adepts who have studied that portion of the 'book of the voiceof(thoth, which is called'theenterer of the threshold'.d.d.c.f.(j)=iii.unlike the firstorder,in which an understandingofthe kabbalah was the foundation on which other studies were built, the true foundationofthe secondorderwas enochian magic. this was derived from the crystal-gazing activities of the eliz255 abethan polymath and occultistdrjohndeeand his devious skryer, edward kelley.theyclaimed-or,at least kelley did, for drdeecouldnot

u will become a curse to yourself and a stumbling block unto us, unless you can forget yoursex,-bythe holy tetragrammaton i beseech you to be absent. we do not ask you to be unsexed in your private life,thatis a stage necessary only in a far advanced grade, to which few may reach, but in our order this qualification is an absolute necessity or you will get no encouragement to proceed farther than the threshold.ifyou can promise this attitude, youmayattempt; beware of a first failure, it may end in your failure in this incarnation, and in others: but itmightbe overcome. when i think of my experience, i am tempted to say, retire while it is yet time.theoccult burden is not light,itis not easy to bear, be warned in time, for the higher yourise-themore terrible thefall-ifyou should fall.sofar


GILBERT THE MAGICAL MASON

ger; you are volunteers72themagical masonin the pursuit of occult science- you have signed your name in token of a desire and intent topractiseoccultism- and hence you have exposed yourselves to dangers whichbutfaintly and rarely assail the common people, except in disease, for he who puts his hand to the plough of the field of the unknown may raise up a host of the powers of evil, of dwellers on the threshold, of elementals, of elementaries, who are the shells or astral shadows set free at corporeal death, for the shells of the wicked have evil purposes that have not yet been accomp255 lished. all these powers do at times endanger and threaten the mind, and eye, and ear- which begin to pierce the veil of illusion, which we call the material universe. we have had pupils who have exclaimed

he doctrine that men are led astray from the path of good by evil forces which emerge from the dead personalities of wicked men, who, having lost the basis of material human form, yet ever crave for the continuance in lust and the enjoyments of sin, and hence tendtoseek evil living human envelopes in which to perpetuate their love of evil. such is the nature, they say, of the so-called dweller of the threshold, a living but bodyless vampire insinuating itself into the astral vehicle of the wicked man. the late frater bulwer255 lytton appears to have recognized this peculiar form of obsession, as is shewn in the idealism of his novelszanoni, thestrangestory,andthe haunted and thehaunters.there are several modern works treating of the devil and the history of the development of the ideal sat

eating an unsuitable rose. he is at last saved by the goddess isis, who supplies the needed faith in the gods. he bathes seven times in the sea, and perceives theaporrhetain a vision,*receives the true rose, regains his human form, and is restored to mental and spiritual health. this story should be studied by all freemasons and rosicrucians*'1approached the confines of death, and having trod on the threshold of persephone, i returned fromit,being carried through all the elements. at midnight i saw the sun shining with a splendid light, and i manifestly drew near to the gods beneath above, and near at hand. i adored them.'276themagical masonit has also been held that virgil in the sixth book of l243.neid is referring to some details concerning the sacred mysteries in the visit of l243.nea


GILBERT R A CHAOS OUT OF ORDER THE RISE AND FALL OF THE SWEDENBORGIAN RITE

but the actual ritual work is done (p. 170. he goes on to give a ponderous and diffuse account of the rituals themselves, but. there is a much clearer and briefer description in waite s secret tradition in freemasonr (1911, vol. 2, pp. 234 235. in the grade which is equivalent to that of entered apprentice [i.e. enlightened phremason, or green brother, the candidate is informed that he stands at the threshold of the garden of eden and the place of the tree of life. the proposal, however is to build a temple, in which an important part is assigned to him who is received. in connection with this. the ritual is said to consist of six labours. terminating in the symbolic introduction of our race into its future dwelling-place. which is seemingly the ur-home, the place of the river of life and


GILBERT R A THE MASONIC CAREER OF A

inviolate because 'the vacuous nature of the great arcanum of allegorical architecture is its permanent protection'17[17. his conviction that freemasonry had lost its way is stressed in the occult sciences18[18, in which he says 'from a century of contradictory sources it borrows a many-splendoured aureole of romance and of esoteric fable, which is eminently liable to attract the soul-student at the threshold of mystic research. we must counsel him to overcome this gravitation of his desires towards masonry. there is no light there; there is no secret of the soul enshrined in the recesses of its suggestive ceremonial; whatever it may have been in the past, at the present day it neither is, nor claims to be, more than "a beautiful system of morality veiled in allegories and illustrated by


GNOSTIC CATECHISM

inviolate because 'the vacuous nature of the great arcanum of allegorical architecture is its permanent protection'17[17. his conviction that freemasonry had lost its way is stressed in the occult sciences18[18, in which he says 'from a century of contradictory sources it borrows a many-splendoured aureole of romance and of esoteric fable, which is eminently liable to attract the soul-student at the threshold of mystic research. we must counsel him to overcome this gravitation of his desires towards masonry. there is no light there; there is no secret of the soul enshrined in the recesses of its suggestive ceremonial; whatever it may have been in the past, at the present day it neither is, nor claims to be, more than "a beautiful system of morality veiled in allegories and illustrated by


GNOSTIC HANDBOOK

ictates of the gnostic tradition. life on the path life on the spiritual path is difficult, it is a battle between the false perceptions we have inside ourselves (and those outside) and the power of light. in the gnostic traditions there are many descriptions of this battle and what it entails. within the modern esoteric traditions this battle is posited in terms of a force called the" dweller on the threshold. the dweller guards the crossroad between the world of the archons and the treasury of light and as the gnostic approaches this doorway attacks him without mercy, only those truly on the path survive. some gnostic systems image this process as a cosmic trek through the planets where at each planet the soul needs special passwords and gestures to gain" right of passage. for others thi


GNOSTIC STUDIES THE GNOSTIC HANDBOOK II GNOSTIC THEURGY

ult make the celebrant triumphant over earth and a partaker of the powers of light. life on the path life on the path is difficult, it is a battle between the things of the world and the treasury of light. in the gnostic traditions there are many descriptions of this battle and what it entails. within the modern esoteric traditions this battle is posited in terms of a force called the "dweller on the threshold. the dweller guards the crossroad between the world of the archons and the treasury of light and as the gnostic approaches this doorway attacks him without mercy, only those truly on the path survive. some gnostic systems consider this process as a cosmic trek through the planets, where at each planet the soul needs special passwords and gestures to gain a "rite of passage. for other


GOETIA LUCIFERIAN

and lunar shadow forms of the initiatic guide, by one conjoined with the demonic spirit the self develops in balance, rather than repression and self-deception. such angels are fallen, and contain a demonic or infernal aspect to their character. approach this with respect and seek to become like the essence you so seek. the angelick spirits of the shemhamphorasch are the guardians who lead one to the threshold (azazel, shaitan. spirits should be invoked as how lucifer would command by resolve and silent perception. do not act upon impulse; rather refine your thought to work for you. consider the higher articulation of the spirit and how this may associate with the balanced aspects of the self. in most cases the demonic is in relation to the angelic, a combination of celestial and infernal


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS Z1

silk or linen, put it away "in the name of yhshvh the redeemer, i do now suffer all spirits bound by this ceremony no longer needed in the service of this telesmata, to depart in 12 peace unto their places. may the blessings of yhshvh, be with you now and forever more, and let there be peace between me and you. i now declare this temple and rite duly closed" step 34 knock/ belletz1 the enterer of the threshold r. r. e t a. c. z e l a t o r a d e p t u s m i n o r 2 the general exordium the speech in the silence: the words against the son of night: the voice of thoth before the universe in the presence of the eternal gods: the formulas of knowledge; the wisdom of breath; the radix of vibration; the shaking of the invisible: the rolling asunder of the darkness: the becoming visible of matter

f the coils of the stooping dragon: the breaking forth of the light: all these are in the knowledge of tho-oth. the particular exordium at the ending of the light: at the limits of the night: tho-oth stood before the unborn ones of time! then was formulated the universe: then came forth the gods thereof: the aeons of the bornless beyond: then was the voice vibrated: then was the name declared. at the threshold of the entrance, between the universe and the infinite, in the sign of the enterer, stood tho-oth, as before him were the aeons proclaimed. in breath did he vibrate them: in symbols did he record them: for betwixt the light and the darkness did he stand. this is complete explanation of the symbolism of, and the formulae contained in the 0=0 grade of neophyte of the order of the golde

e entrance, between the universe and the infinite, in the sign of the enterer, stood tho-oth, as before him were the aeons proclaimed. in breath did he vibrate them: in symbols did he record them: for betwixt the light and the darkness did he stand. this is complete explanation of the symbolism of, and the formulae contained in the 0=0 grade of neophyte of the order of the golden dawn "enterer of the threshold" is the name of the 0=0 grade of neophyte "the hall of the neophyte" is called "the hall of the dual manifestation of truth" that is, of the goddess thmaah, whose name has three forms according to the nature of her operation. this is explained under the chapter concerning the hegemon. of the temple in reference to the sephiroth. the temple, as arranged in the neophyte grade of the or

ion of the hegemon is between the two pillars whose bases are in jxn and dwh at the intersection of the paths p and s in the symbolic gateway of occult science as it were, at the beam of the balance, at the equilibrium of the scales of justice; at the point of intersection of the lowest reciprocal path with that of s, which forms a part of the middle pillar. she is placed there as the guardian of the threshold of entrance and the preparer of the way for the enterer. therefore she is the reconciler between light and darkness, and the mediator between the stations of hierophant and hiereus. the symbols and insignia of the hegemon are: the robe of pure whiteness, bearing on the left breast a red cross. the mitre-headed sceptre. the lamen suspended from a black collar. the robe represents the

ich are dsj, hrwbg, trapt, jxn, dwh and dwsy" in addition to this explanation, it represents the black calvary cross of suffering as the initiator by trial and self abnegation, and the opener of the way into the comprehension of the forces of the divine light. it is therefore suspended from a black collar to show that suffering is the purgation of evil "before the face of the gods in the place of the threshold" is the name of hegemon, and she is the goddess thma-ae-st having the following coptic forms: thma-ae-st- this is as in regards to the middle pillar and the influence from rtk. thma-aesh- this is more fiery as in regards to her influence with respect to the pillar of severity. thmaa-ett- this is more fluidic as in regard to her influence with respect to the pillar of mercy. she is th

s. his throat is white. his body, like that of aroueris, is entirely scarlet. he wears a collar, armlets, and anklets of emerald; a waist cloth of emerald striped red, from which hangs a lion s tail, and he carries in his right hand an emerald phoenix wand, and in his left, a blue ankh. he stands on a pavement of emerald and scarlet. hegemon: thmaa-est, before the face of the gods in the place of the threshold. thmaa-est wears a black nemyss bound at the brow with a purple band from which rises, in front, a tall ostrich feather of green striped with red in equal bands. she wears a banded collar of red, yellow, blue and black. her tunic is emerald green reaching to the feet where it is banded to match the collar. she has purple and green shoulder straps and a purple girdle, also bordered in


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS Z3

that the first consecration establishes a semblance of the pillars to his right and left, it also has drawn forth from him a semblance of himself to the place vacated by the hegemon between the pillars. here then stands the shadow of the candidate while the scales of the balance oscillate unseen. unseen also and colossal, there is imaged before him tho-oth, as wrffm, in the sign of the enterer of the threshold, ready, according to the decision of the human will, to permit or withhold the descent of the lower genius of the candidate. meanwhile, the great assessors of judgment examine into the truth of the accusations formulated by the evil and averse antithesis. the assessors of judgment come not under the head of invisible stations, but during the obligation and circumambulation of the can

head attributed to it. when finished, be careful to withdraw the rays again or they will remain like so many outlets of astral force and thus exhaust you. the best way to protect yourself against this is to give the sign of silence immediately. for the first sign should always be answered by the second. the secret names of the saluting signs are, the attacking sign, or the sign of the enterer of the threshold. the sign of silence 1. this is simply that of secrecy regarding the mysteries. 2. it is the affirmation of the station of harpocrates, wherein the higher soul of the candidate is formulated in part of the admission ceremony. it is the symbol of the center and of the voice of the silence which answers in secret the thought of the heart. 3. the sign of silence withdraws the force put


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM3

sign of the enterer, projecting the healing light to the golden wand of the chief adept, who having purified himself and risen unto his higher genius, will be receiving the light through the gold wand of trapt and projecting it unto the healing petitions surrounded by the four elements (notice that the adept is now in the position of the creative force as tho-oth in the exordium of the enterer of the threshold) step 14 at the pinnacle of projected power, let the adept say "khabs om pekht" followed by the sign of silence. chief adept will say "konx om pax. light in extension" followed by the sign of silence. step 15 let the adept now descend at his or her own pace and close with the usual banishind the advanced meditation of rah ynda r. r. e t a. c. z e l a t o r a d e p t u s m i n o r 2 t


GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM7

the tabula smaragdiagthe calling forth of the higher genius invocation of thoth r. r. e t a. c. z e l a t o r a d e p t u s m i n o r 2 at the ending of the night: at the limits of the light: tho-oth stood before the unborn ones of time! then was formulated the universe: then came forth the gods thereof: the aeons of the bornless beyond: then was the voice vibrated: then was the name declared. at the threshold of the entrance, between the universe and the infinite, in the sign of the enterer, stood tho-oth, as before him were the aeons proclaimed. in breath did he vibrate them: in symbols did he record them: for betwixt the light and the darkness did he stand. the god form of thoth 3 "procol oh procol, este profani. barlasti ompala. in the name of the mighty and terrible one, i proclaim th


GOLDEN CHAIN AND THE LONELY ROAD

as_ to membership in full standing to the second order, and to undergo the adeptus minor inititation on. 3 supreme chief_ chief adept of the temple of isis_ co-chief of the temple of isis__the golden chain and the lonely road: a typological study of initiatory transmissions within the sabbatic tradition by andrew d. chumbley initiation, the passing -on of power, the step of the mortal foot across the threshold of the gods, the hearing of the watchword, the reception of the book, the dreaming-draught sipp'd at midnight, the lonely stand in the heart of the wild..many are the ways of induction into the circle of the sabbat, many the waymarks- the moments of realisation- that lead the spirit through the winding ways of all ecstasy! in its essence, initiation is the entrance of an individual i


GRAHAM HANCOCK FINGERPRINTS OF THE GODS

sional drift, in opposition to the annual path of the sun, is: leo. cancer. gemini. taurus. aries. pisces. aquarius. to give one example, the age of leo, i.e. the 2160 years during which the sun on the vernal equinox rose against the stellar background of the constellation of leo, lasted from 10,970 until 8810 bc. we live today in the astrological no man s land at the end of the age of pisces, on the threshold of the new age of aquarius. traditionally these times of transition between one age and the next have been regarded as ill-omened. that, in a nutshell, is the meaning of precession of the equinoxes. and that is exactly what is involved in the notion of the dawning of the age of aquarius. the famous line from the musical hair refers to the fact that every year, for the last 2000 years


GRERALD SCHUELER AN ADVANCED GUIDE TO ENOCHIAN MAGICK

es from their humanity. study them well and see where their yogas and their meditations have led them. to be learned vta for all who practice there is a lesson any form of yoga or meditation. 234 zim, the garden of nemo he is, as said, the "nameless one" who has so many names, and yet whose names and whose very nature are unknown. he is the "initiator" called the "great sacrifice "for, sitting at the threshold of light, he looks into it from within the circle of darkness, which he will not cross; nor will he quit his post till the last day of this life-cycle. it is under the direct, silentguidance of this maha guru that all the other less divine teachers and instructors of mankind became, from the first awakening of human consciousness, the guidesof early humanity. h.p. blavatsky, the secr


GRIFFIN DAVID MAGICAL EVOCATION OF THE AVERSE FORCES

warning could be spiritual disaster, ruin, obsession, or even psychosis. psychology and evocation one may best understand the function of magical evocation within rosicrucian magic from a psychological perspective. modern psychology offers the magician important insight into processes known to theurgists for thousands of years. the notion of the unconscious, an aspect of the psyche lying beneath the threshold of conscious awareness, provides new insight into the nature of the entities previously understood as demons. israel regardie suggested that "the term 'complex' has achieved a fairly wide notoriety during the last quarter century since the circulation of the ideas of freud and jung. it means an aggregation or group of ideas in the mind with a strong emotional charge, capable of affec

e psychic contents of the magician. this is not dissimilar to the scientific understanding of light. we may best understand certain properties of light by considering it as a wave and others by considering light as a particle. we may thus gain new insight into the nature of demons by considering the averse forces as subjective forces within the psyche of the magician. these complexes exist beyond the threshold of consciousness, beyond the light of reason so to speak, in the darkness of the psyche. in qabalistic terms, the four worlds of aziluth, briah, yetzirah, and assiah, with their corresponding gods, archangels, and angels are forces of light. they exist in the light of consciousness. the averse forces, qlippoth, spirits, and demons are unconscious forces, which exist in the dark realm


GRIMM JACOB TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 3

mixed up with that of outlaws who have fled to the woods. a notable instance is that of sigmund and sinfiotli (ibid. 2, 130-1: when they sleep, their wolf-shirts hang beside them. werewolves thirst for youthful blood, and carry off children and maidens with reckless audacity. out of many stories in woycicki 1, 101 113. 152 8 i select only this: a witch twisted her girdle together, and laid it on the threshold of a house where there was a wedding; when the newly married pair stepped 1 it is also believed, that every ninth day the seal (selr) doffs his iishy skin, and is for one day a man (thiele 3, 51. in medieval germany the nine years' wolf was supposed to give birth to adders, ms. 2, 234; to which may be compared loki's begetting the wolf fenrir and the snake lormungandr (p. 246, and th

usculi, humeri ant femora etc, mali erant ominis' dempster's antiq. kom. 3, 9; conf. suidas sub v. olcovlatikij. the indians thought twitching of the right eye a bad omen (hirzel's sakuntala p. 65. itching in the right eye has a good meaning, in the left a bad, says tobler 30. bleeding of the nose: unlucky if on the left side. sup. i, 825. if in going out you catch against the door, or stumble on the threshold, you are warned to turn back (248. 895. if your right hand itches, you will part with money, if your left, you will take money. itching of the right eye betokens crying, of the left, laughing. if your soles itch, you are going to dance, if your nose, to hear news "whoever gets a yelloiv finger has lost a relation (see suppl. the many ways of finding out one's lover or suitor that is

lently, greeting no one on the way, and reports the same to the wise woman, aviio proscribes accordingly (bicster's mon. schr. as above. the spirits leave their tracks in 1166 sicknesses. tlie ashes, wliicli are strewn as for the eartli-mannikin p. 451 n; couf. sup. m, 40 (see suppl. on the draiving and pouring of water by the wise woman, see sup. i, 515. 865. charming of apoplexy by a hatchet on the threshold, g, line 70. the efficacy of fire and flame was proved on envenomed wounds, by burning them out; sa3m. 27^ already mentions' eldr vi-s sottum/ fire against sicknesses. on erysipelas they struck fire [out of flint, sup. i, 71 0. to insure cattle against fire, they drove them over the holy needfire, p. 604 seq (see suppl. an old cure for fever was, to lay the child on the oven or the r


GRIMM TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 2 1883 COMPLETE

, and the like in frauachiieli. and of romance tongues, it is only that of france (where the community of views with germany was strongest) that has a bete a dieu, vacjie a dieu; span, and ital. have nothing like it. at all events our children s song: marienlcaferfihen, flieg ausl (fly away) dein hauschen brennt (burns) dein mutterchen flennt (weeps) dein vaterchen sitzt auf der schwelle (sits on the threshold) flieg in *n himmel aus der hollel (into heaven out of hell) must be old, for in england also they sing: ladybird, ladybird, fly away home, your house is on fire, and your children will burn [all but little bessie that sits in the smi] with us too the chil dren put the marienkafer or sonnenkafer on their finger, and ask it, like the cuckoo: sunnenkieken:(sun s chicken, ik frage di, w

me over it the day before, and that from this bridge the hellway ran ever lower and northwarder: nisr ok norsr liggr helvegr. this i understand of the proper hall and residence of the goddess, where she is to be met with, for all the country he had been crossing was part of her kingdom. this palace is surrounded by lofty railings (hel-grindr, sn. 33. 67. the hall is named eliuffnir (al. elvrsnir, the threshold fallanda forad (al. the palisade is fallanda forad, the threshold folmosnir, the curtain blikjandi bol, sn. 33. it is probably a door of this underworld (not of valholl, which has 540 huge 1 a place infernisi (erhard p. 140, a.d. 1113; gael, ifrinn, ir. ifearn, wei. yfern, uffern. 2 a fylki contains 50 (ea. 207, so that baldr rode down with an escort of 250, though one ms. doubles th

luclty children. such a membrane is called gluckshaube, wehmutter-haublein, and is carefully treasured up, or sewed into a band and put round the babe.1 fischart in garg. 229b calls it kinderpelglin (balg, bag, while the icelanders give it the name of fylgja f, and imagine that in it resides the child s guardianspirit or a part of its soul: midwives are careful not to injure it, but bury it under the threshold over which the mother has to pass. whoever carelessly throws it away or burns it, deprives the child of its guardian, edd. saem. hafniens. 2, 653. this guardian-spirit is variously named fylgjct (who follows man, sometimes forynja (who goes before him, f. magn. lex. 379, oftener hamingja (felicitas) from hamr induviae, nay, this hamr of itself seems to stand for the same thing: hamr


H SPENCER LEWIS ROSICRUCIAN MANUAL AMORC 1990

f the initiate its function in the first degree initiation. this chamber is guarded, at first degree initiations, first by the conductor in the antechamber, then by the herald, and then by the torchbearer. when not used for ceremonies, it should be reverenced and kept undefiled by the uninitiated. nothing should ever occur in it to profane it (such as levity, unbecoming conduct, or profane labor. the threshold of the temple this is the most beloved place in each lodge to the initiated, for it represents the doorway to light and knowledge. it is the entrance from the chamber to the lodge, and, in the first degree initiation, is guarded by the guardian of the temple, while any other entrance to the lodge is guarded by the secretary or deputy master. the threshold should never be crossed afte

ional congress of the federation universelle des ordres et societes initiatiques (fudosi) held in brussels, belgium, in 1934. he was the only rosicrucian officer in north america having been so universally empowered to represent the ancient esoteric sanctuaries of the world. his wife, martha morfier lewis, a descendant of the famous french general, morphier, was the first lady in america to cross the threshold of the order in the new regime, and his four children have been reared in the work; his son, ralph m. lewis, served as supreme secretary of the order for north and south america for many years, and is now incumbent imperator. dr. lewis passed through transition to the higher initiation in san jose, california, at 3:15 p.m. pacific standard time, on wednesday, august 2, 1939. hundreds

ch entered the realm of speculation. his discussions with his father led his interest into the fields of ontology, metaphysics, and mysticism. his father never urged him to become a rosicrucian member or student. however, the answers he received to his questions.and which were not available through any other source of knowledge. aroused his admiration for the rosicrucian teachings, and he crossed the threshold of the order by a special dispensation while still a youth. the rosicrucian teachings touched a responsive chord and satisfied a previously misunderstood yearning. he progressed through the degrees of the order in the san francisco lodge, and began as [135] well a conscientious and systematic study of the principal philosophic thought of the centuries. in 1924, the american supreme c

ations. so, too, an individual may only affiliate with an organization which is perpetuating the traditional ideals and teachings of the "great white brotherhood, not the latter itself. any individual claiming to have membership in any society, group, or body terming itself the "great white brotherhood, is either misrepresenting the truth or is being deluded by a fraudulent body.[177] guardian of the threshold.your conscience, your inner self, the sentinel of the subconscious mind, acting as your guide and protector. the guardian also stands at the threshold of the cosmic, of the unseen, and is at the threshold of every soul, of every chamber of privacy, of every mind. h habit.in the early degrees of the order habit is carefully analyzed and studied. there is a short, too short, definition


HAMIL THE ROSICRUCIAN SEER

ries have restored my lamented book all safe much to my gratification. i am afraid you have hurried yourself too much to have made a good copy, which it richly deserves. i will send you down a copy of the almadel' and then the ms is perfect. i intend to insert it in my little ms and then have it rebound as it is verydingy-&it will then stand a better chance of being taken care of when i am across the threshold. i will be in bristol the very first opportunity i can seize. if you send the exact size and pattern you wish the cross to be made i will get it cut by a book binder's tool cutter? i am much obliged by the reply to 'livre des esprits" and will have it bound to match the indices.thems of vaughan's has interested me exceedingly-it is strange coming from such a source that nothing they


HEAVEN HELL

f temu. in other words, the gate is guarded by symbols of the rising and the setting sun. the corridor between the walls is swept by flames as before, and a warder in mummied form guards each end of it; the one, pai or bai, represents the dawn, and the other, akhekhi, the evening. within the gate are two doors, one guarded by the monster serpent sebi, and the other by the monster serpent reri. at the threshold is the uraeus of nephthys, and by the lintel is the uraeus of isis, for these goddesses guard this "secret gate" the god afu-ra. having, as we have seen, transformed himself into khepera, and, by the help of the god whose operations have been described, provided himself with a new face, or disk, and new light and fire, passes through the gate tesert-baiu, which marks the end of the t


HELENA BLAVATSKY THE KEY TO THEOSOPHY

le results. q. and how, or where, does it act? a. every laborer is worthy of his hire, saith wisdom in the gospel; every action, good or bad, is a prolific parent, saith the wisdom of the ages. put the two together, and you will find the "why" after allowing the soul, escaped from the pangs of personal life, a sufficient, aye, a hundredfold compensation, karma, with its army of skandhas, waits at the threshold of devachan, whence the ego reemerges to assume a new incarnation. it is at this moment that the future destiny of the now-rested ego trembles in the scales of just retribution, as it now falls once again under the sway of active karmic law. it is in this rebirth which is ready for it, a rebirth selected and prepared by this mysterious, inexorable, but in the equity and wisdom of its

om what we know. q. but "m.a. oxon" is a spiritualist? a. quite so, and the only true spiritualist i know of, though we may still disagree with him on many a minor question. apart from this, no spiritualist comes nearer to the occult truths than he does. like any one of us he speaks incessantly of the surface dangers that beset the ill-equipped, feather-headed muddler with the occult, who crosses the threshold without counting the cost. some things that i do know of spiritualism and some that i do not. our only disagreement rests in the question of "spirit identity" otherwise, i, for one, coincide almost entirely with him, and accept the three propositions he embodied in his address of july, 1884. it is this eminent spiritualist, rather, who disagrees with us, not we with him. q. what are

olute blank, amounting to annihilation, in the interval between the two rebirths. this is just the carrying out of the program we spoke of, a program created by the materialists themselves. but there are various kinds of materialists, as you say. a selfish, wicked egoist, one who never shed a tear for anyone but himself, thus adding entire indifference to the whole world to his unbelief, must, at the threshold of death, drop his personality forever. this personality having no tendrils of sympathy for the world around and hence nothing to hook onto sutratman, it follows that with the last breath every connection between the two is broken. there being no devachan for such a materialist, the sutratman will reincarnate almost immediately. but those materialists who erred in nothing but their d

england's favorite preachers, right in the "light of the nineteenth century -this most paradoxical age of all. now to what does it lead? q. does it not make the christian happier than the buddhist or brahmin? a. no; not the educated man, at any rate, since the majority of these have long since virtually lost all belief in this cruel dogma. but it leads those who still believe in it more easily to the threshold of every conceivable crime, than any other i know of. let me quote to you once more: if we step outside the little circle of creed and consider the universe as a whole balanced by the exquisite adjustment of parts, how all sound logic, how the faintest glimmering sense of justice, revolts against this vicarious atonement! if the criminal sinned only against himself, and wronged no on


HP LOVECRAFT A DARK LORE

r. and it was, unmistakably, the same odour which had saturated charles ward's clothing on the day the doctors had taken him away. so it was here that the youth had been interrupted by the final summons? he was wiser that old joseph curwen, for he had not resisted. willett, boldly determined to penetrate every wonder and nightmare this nether realm might contain, seized the small lamp and crossed the threshold. a wave of nameless fright rolled out to meet him, but he yielded to no whim and deferred to no intuition. there was nothing alive here to harm him, and he would not be stayed in his piercing of the eldritch cloud which engulfed his patient. the room beyond the door was of medium size, and had no furniture save a table, a single chair, and two groups of curious machines with clamps a


HP LOVECRAFT COOL AIR

d workman, i dragged myself upstairs and knocked feebly at the door above mine. my knock was answered in good english by a curious voice some distance to the right, asking my name and business; and these things being stated, there came an opening of the door next to the one i had sought. a rush of cool air greeted me; and though the day was one of the hottest of late june, i shivered as i crossed the threshold into a large apartment whose rich and tasteful decoration surprised me in this nest of squalor and seediness. a folding couch now filled its diurnal role of sofa, and the mahogany furniture, sumptuous hangings, old paintings, and mellow bookshelves all bespoke a gentleman's study rather than a boarding-house bedroom. i now saw that the hall room above mine--the "leetle room" of bottl


INITIATION INTO HERMETICS

avoid any boasting. all such passions would be reflected in the akasa and, the akasa principle being analogous to harmony, akasa itself would certainly put the greatest obstacles in the magician s way to stop his further development, if not make it quite impossible. any further rising in a case like that would be quite out of question. just remember bulwer s novel zanoni, in which the guardian of the threshold, nothing else but akasa, sees that the highest mysteries do not come overnight to unworthy people. akasa will derange a person mentally, arouse doubts of all kinds, or hold him prisoner by vicissitudes and reverses of fortune in order to protect the mysteries in every possible way. these mysteries will always remain hidden from incompetent persons, though hundreds of books should be


IRISH WITCHCRAFT AND DEMONOLOGY

, and playing on musical instruments, then to work, in both of which occupations they desired the butler to join, but to no purpose. the night following the friendly spirit came to his bedside and warned him not to stir out of doors the next day, for if he did so the mysterious company would obtain possession of him. he remained indoors the greater part of that day, but towards evening he crossed the threshold, and hardly had he done so when a rope was cast about his waist, and he was forcibly dragged away with great swiftness. a horseman coming towards him espied both the man and the two ends of the rope, but could see nothing pulling. by catching p. 165 hold of one end he succeeded in stopping the man's headlong course, though as a punishment for so doing he received a smart blow on his

upon her recovery she told them the several persons who had drawn her in that manner, with the intention, as they told her, of bearing her out of the window; but that she reflecting at that time, and calling upon god in her mind, they let her drop on the floor "the afflicted, recovering from a fit, told the persons present that her tormentors had declared that she should not have power to go over the threshold of the chamber-door; the evidence declared that they had several times attempted to lead her out of the door, and that she was as often thrown into fits as they had brought her to the said threshold; that to pursue the experiment further they had the said threshold taken up, upon which they were immediately struck with so strong a smell of brimstone that they were scarce able to bear


ISIS UNVEILED

aving replaced that of elysium. to com- plete the proof, we might recall the words of plato, given elsewbov. which show that before an initiate could see the gods in thor puie^ light, he had to become liberated from his bo; t. e, to separate bis astral soul from it" apuleius also describes his initiation into the mysteries in the same way "i approached the confines of death; and having trodden on the threshold of proserpina returned, having been carried through all the elements. in the depths of midnig ht. i saw the sun glittering with a splendid light, together with the infernal and mper- nal goda, and to these divinities approaching, i paid the tribute of devout adoration" la coniidend by ku the bocieiit philo- ft p uniahm pfit 317. t^jxar: euxa. and bacek. mgtl, ed. a. wilder, p. 87( li


JESSUP MK THE CASE FOR THE UFO

exciting maximum terrorem among the brethren" yes, l-ms introduced discus throwing while trying to explain the method of haphazard arrival in thessalonia to the "blocked-headed 126 locals who thought it a new game. the farther back in time, the less note is taken of plain, bare facts, thus antiquity of obfuscates, realty. it is the purpose of this chapter to lead you still farther back in time to the threshold of human intelligence, in a wave of civilization covering the world before the flood. if we discover that no matter how far we push the periphery of our quest, we still find a ready-made civilization we have to admit human intellectual antiquity of (to us) fantastic and unbelievable vastness. could this mean that civilization was planted here, within the species of animal selected by


K AMBER THE BASICS OF MAGICK

ched through deep breathing, hypnosis, and other relaxation techniques. oobe occurs during these states, and delta is probably the most important for it. the problem is really, as we have said, one of maintaining mental awareness and alertness while experienceing these altered states. experimental subjects hooked to an eeg do not show a discrete change from drowsy to sleep; it is very gradual. at the threshold between sleep and waking consciousness is a drowsy condition known as the hypnogogic state. oobe seems to occur during this state, or a variant of it. by careful control of the hypnogogic state (not going beyond it) it is possible to enter oobe directly. basic techniques most methods of astral projection are methods of conditioning. some form of trance or altered consciousness is alw


KETAB E SIYAH

shed my tears, i went upon wing, upon thermal, weighed low by a heart full of sorrow and a mind darkened by foreboding, i answered the call of my father, flying swift to the assembly of angels, to the eternal tower where god held court, with my innumerable hosts to my back. 20 thus i descended amongst my brothers who had gathered as a great throng before the resplendent gates of pearl, that kept the threshold of god's abode. haughtily i strode amongst my brothers, pushing through the crowd to the fore as does an elephant go amongst trees and they parted before and bowed low for then, to me, they knew nought but reverence. as i came before those palatial gates upon the stairs that lay before the portal stood the four arch-angels, my false brothers: michael, the eldest, adorned with jewels

had shed my tears, i went upon wing, upon thermal, weighed low by a heart full of sorrow and a mind darkened by foreboding, i answered the call of my father, flying swift to the assembly of angels, to the eternal tower where god held court, with my innumerable hosts to my back. thus i descended amongst my brothers who had gathered as a great throng before the resplendent gates of pearl, that kept the threshold of god's abode. haughtily i strode amongst my brothers, pushing through the crowd to the fore as does an elephant go amongst trees and they parted before and bowed low for then, to me, they knew nought but reverence. as i came before those palatial gates upon the stairs that lay before the portal stood the four arch-angels, my false brothers: michael, the eldest, adorned with jewels

and torn from the hinges on which they hung. by the light of the western sun a chill shadow fell across the very length of the chamber and obscured methuselah and all his throne. the wind's freezing blast extinguished every torch and lamp that only the bloody dusk-light illumined methuselah and his quailing knights, who fled to the furthest extremes of the throne-room. within the broken portal of the threshold stood the black and terrible angel-shape of abaddon. twice the height of man stood the avenger, armoured in plate of iron and bronze, his wings spread wide like the torn pennant on the field, within his hand the bleeding sword, the ruiner, seven feet long and shaped like the serpent's tongue with engrailed blade and forked point, weeping ever the blood of the fallen. thus came abaddo

se the ash taken from any embers. this is the sole remnant of that portal by which you would bind us to this land. those gates that open outward only at your will are as much a hindrance to our departing from you as are the gentle breezes of the summer or else the new rain of spring. no instrument have you, lord mot, by which you might detain us here. more than this, without your land, waiting at the threshold of your gates, now less that ruins, tramped down, are the hosts of chadel gathered there. but a horn-blast shall decide your fate. tarry no longer in releasing from your court all those that satan would redeem 320 or else all your court shall be lost to you. pray act swiftly already do i tire of this dismal sepulchre and would leave most expediently" so it was that ishtar left the la

werfull, the proud, and the resourceful in the universe. 2.11. therefor they are not religionists of any kind. 2.12. o.a.i. stands for ordo algolis interstellaris vel infernalis. 2.13. it is an interstellar order of black magicians that is older than mankind. 2.14. it is for the proud, the powerfull, and the resourceful. 2.15. algol symbolizes the principle of creative dynamics in the universe at the threshold of creation. 2.16. structured deities that emanate from algol take undeserved credit for some creation in the past. 2.17. seeded by algol, the o.a.i. was one of the most powerfull dynamic and creative force in the human history. caput tertium: imperium infernalis 3.01. true power expresses itself in its effects. 3.02. it is not in need to express itself in exterior form 3.03. the cho

eys to specific expressions of power. 3.06. in the begining there are chaos. 3.07. algol is the gate of chaos which create the worlds. 3.08. the world creates from the below chaos to the above. 3.09. created deities will always claim to have created the worlds. 3.10. this is so because created deities can neither understand themselves nor can they understand me. 3.11. the great infernal empire is the threshold of chaos and abyss. 3.12. there are four main realms of the great infernal empire. 3.13. the first realm of the great infernal empire is the infernal goverment, with lucifer, belial, satan, beelzebub, astaroth, and pluto. 467 3.14. the second realm of the great infernal empire is the domain of the seven infernal grand dukes whose names are: mephistophilis, ariel, anifel, marbuel, azi


LAITMAN M BASIC CONCEPTS IN KABBALAH

ons couldn t reach the end of correction. thus, they could not understand this book because they were unable to surmount all 125 levels from which the book of zohar is written. in our generation, we can all reach the 125th level; at that time, we can all understand the book of zohar. the fact that a contemporary kabbalist succeeded in fully commenting on the book of zohar is a sign that we are on the threshold of the last generation, and that anyone can understand the book of zohar. indeed, not a single commentary on the book of zohar appeared before our time. today, we have available to us the clear, complete sulam commentary on the book of zohar written by baal hasulam, just as it should be in the last generation. however, we should understand that spiritual actions do not occur the way


LAITMAN M FROM CHAOS TO HARMONY

. it might even deflect our attention from the need to search for balance at the speaking degree within us, the level of thought. chapter ten: balance with nature 149 the wisdom of kabbalah, whose principles have been presented in this part of the book, specifies all the evolutionary phases we have experienced, and those we have yet to experience to reach nature s goal. it explains that we are at the threshold of a dramatic change in people s awareness. humanity will come to realize nature s plan, there is no question about that. the only question that remains is, how soon will it do so? 151 part two israel s role 153 israel s role the first part of this book explored both global and personal crises, their causes, and their resolutions. however, we cannot overlook some of the special issue


LAITMAN M KABBALAH ATTAINING THE WORLDS BEYOND

ghteous before others, so sometimes, without realizing we are deceiving ourselves, we begin to believe that we are truly righteous. rabbi jacob yitzhak of lyublin (hoseh mi lyublin) said "i have more love for sinners who know that they are sinners, than for the righteous who know that they are righteous. but sinners who think that they are righteous will never find the right path, because even on the threshold of hell they think that they have been brought there to save others" a true kabbalist wants students to fear and respect the creator more than they fear and respect their teacher. so, too, are they encouraged to depend on and trust the creator more than they depend on and trust their teacher. when rabbi nahum of ruzhin, a kabbalist of the last century, found his students playing chec

ome a way of life, open to all with no restrictions. why our generation? because the souls that descend to this world and dress in our bodies evolve from generation to generation, until they come to a state where a question awakens in them about the meaning of their very existence. if we contemplate reality as it is described in the books of kabbalists who speak of the end of days which we are at the threshold of there arises a profound fear that without kabbalah, we will not be able to secure the safe passage to the higher level of being that awaits us. kabbalah allows us to come to know the spiritual world the very system that monitors and leads reality, including the reality of this world, the whole of humanity and each and every one of us at any given moment. through this method, we ca


LAITMAN M KABBALAH SCIENCE AND THE MEANING OF LIFE

the wisdom of playing music and sanctity; f) the wisdom of correction and integration; g) the wisdom of brw k a b b a l a h, s c i e n c e, a n d t h e m e a n i n g o f l i f e 204 (between rain and wind, and the mental forces. our rabbi thoroughly knew all these teachings. the voice of the turtle-dove, p. 120 rabbi abraham yitzhak hacohen kook (1865-1935) rationality evolves only because beyond the threshold of its consciousness, the hidden does its scientific and moral work. the prevalent assumption that the hidden obscures the clear science and the accurate critique, is false. it is precisely through the hidden, with the might of its singing and the depth of its reason, that the sound foundation of science is erected, innovative and with accurate and poignant criticism. combining these


LEADBEATER C W THE HIDDEN LIFE IN FREEMASONRY 2E

ower emotions, free himself quickly of the heavier matter, and pass rapidly onward into the heaven-world. 512. the third symbolical journey is trodden in the perfect silence that typifies the highest part of the astral plane, on the very borders of the heaven-world. at the end of this the r.w.m. tells the candidate that the dead man whose experience he has been repeating had at this stage reached the threshold of the heavenly world, where perfect silence lulled the weary senses and calm peace enfolded him. the lower world lay below him; before him the joys of heaven; and in the interspace was silence. this was, and is, his experience in the true mysteries; it was symbolized by utter silence in the mysteries of egypt and greece; in freemasonry it is kept in memory in the silence of the thir

ies. 737. as m.m. he is taught to live up to that sublime title by gaining complete mastery over the personality, the mind as well as the emotions, to develop a magnificent attitude of brotherhood and altruism which compels him ever to take the standpoints of the ego, so that never again may the square be allowed to obscure the compasses, and leads him through the valley of the shadow of death to the threshold of that heavenly world where the immortal self for ever dwells. for the mystic death and raising again relate not only to the contained existence of man fs personality in the astral world after the death of the physical body, but in a higher sense typify a death to all that is transitory and impermanent, and the attainment of an eternal reality beyond the veils of space and time. 738


LEADBEATER CW GLIMPSES OF MASONIC HISTORY

ge, and the way to the restoration of the mysteries is being prepared. 790. the future of masonry 791. masonry must surely have a wonderful part to play in the civilization of the future. not for naught have the old hallowed rites been preserved in secret and the immemorial powers of the mysteries transmitted throughout the ages to our modern world of the twentieth century; for we stand to-day on the threshold of a new era, which will be heralded by the coming forth once more of the world teacher, the lord of love himself, who taught in palestine two thousand years ago. we have seen that human evolution takes place according to a cyclic law; race succeeds race, and subrace follows subrace according to the plan of the great architect of the universe, working in this world through that white


LEWIS JAMES SATANISM TODAY AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RELIGION FOLKLORE AND POPULAR CULTURE

said to be used by witches, sorcerers, and necromancers to enable them to fly. a primary ingredient of these ointments was the fat of a young child slain before baptism. the broom is popularly known as a means of travel for witches.witches were reported to be able to fly brooms up chimneys. while a broom could be turned to a witch s purpose by means of flying ointment, a broomstick placed across the threshold of a house was supposed to keep witches out. the notion of demons and witches riding farming implements through the air to diabolical gatherings may derive from the practice of pre- christian pagans who mounted brooms and pitchforks and rode them like hobbyhorses in the fields, dancing and leaping, as part of fertility rites meant to help the crops grow. before witches were recorded

particular, the idea of a hidden diabolical conspiracy fed into the ritual abuse scare of the 1980s and 1990s. as andrew tudor, the author of monsters and mad scientists, observes, the period of the late 1960s and early 1970s is dominated by a growing concern with satanic cults and conspiracies. thus while the publication of michelle remembers in 1980 may have been as many analysts have asserted the threshold event precipitating the so-called satanic panic, hollywood was responsible for making the general public receptive to the rosemary s baby (1968 (kobol collection/paramount) 230 runes idea of a secret infernal plot, which was one of the central notions of satanic ritual abuse ideology. for further reading: baddeley, gavin. lucifer rising: sin, devil worship and rock n roll. london: pl

we submit that satanic ritual abuse 241 people so deeply committed to this religious view can hardly be counted upon to render skeptical and well-reasoned critiques about the dangers of satanism or occultism in american society. even though this evaluation is partially accurate, it ignores the roles that a number of other parties played in the promotion and dissemination of sra ideology. although the threshold event kicking off the sra hoax was the 1980 publication of michelle remembers a book in which a young woman remembers previously repressed memories of ritual abuse the foundational ideology for the satanic panic dates back to the middle ages. during this period, it was believed that a vast, secret network of devil-worshiping witches existed who periodically gathered together to celeb

ollowing decade. in fact, when the sra scare first broke, warnke initially admitted on christian television that he was unaware of child sacrifices. however, after this aspect of the satanic conspiracy became dominant in the public s mind, he changed his tune and began to claim that devil cults yearly sacrifice some 2 million children. though warnke s book would eventually inspire many imitators, the threshold book that has been identified as the key publication setting the satanic panic into motion was michelle remembers. this work, purporting to present a true story based on the recovered memories of michelle smith, provided the remaining components of sra ideology, namely the key concept of satanic ritual abuse, plus a paradigm for recovering repressed memories of such abuse through wha

o hades; hell and heaven; satan; sheol for further reading: eliade,mircea, ed. encyclopedia of religion. new york:macmillan, 1987. turner, alice k. the history of hell. new york: harcourt brace& co, 1993. the united kingdom, ritual abuse in the satanic ritual abuse (sra) scare began in the united states in the early 1980s. observers have identified the publication of michelle remembers in 1980 as the threshold event that set the scare in motion, although the first major ritual abuse case at the mcmartin preschool did not take place until 1983. peaking in the late 1980s/early 1990s, the scare received a fatal blow in 1992 with the issuing of an important fbi report (see appendix 2) that dismissed sra as a hoax. although sra agitation continued, the issue was essentially dead as a serious la


LIBER 777

taurs 26 genital system satyrs and fauns, panic-demons 27 muscular system furies, chim ras, boars (as in calydon &c. 28 kidneys, bladder &c. water nymphs, sirens, lorelei, mermaids (cf. f) 29 legs and feet phantoms, were-wolves 30 circulatory system will o the wisp 31 organs of circulation salamanders 32 excretory system ghuls, larv, corpse candles 32 bis excretory organs, skeleton the dweller of the threshold, gnomes 31 bis organs of intelligence [socratic genius] editorial note: the atus of thoth liber al, cap. i, v. 57 includes the statement: all these old letters of my book are aright: but x is not the star. this also is secret: my prophet shall reveal it to the wise. in crowley s new comment on this verse, he observes: i see no harm in revealing the mystery of tzaddi to the wise; othe


LIBER ARARITA

, o lord, the space resolved itself into a profundity of mind. 6. at the touch of the fire qadosh the mind of the father was broken up into the brilliance of our lord the sun. 7. at the touch of the fire qadosh the brilliance of our lord was absorbed in the naught of our lady of the body of the milk of the stars. 8. then only was the fire qadosh extinguished, when the enterer was driven back from the threshold, 9. and the lord of silence was established upon the lotus flower. 10. then was accomplished all that which was to be accomplished. 14 liber dcccxiii vel ararita 11. and all and one and naught were slain in the slaying of the warrior 418, 12. in the slaying of subtlety that expanded all these things into the twelve rays of the crown, 13. that returned unto one, and beyond one, even u


LIBER ASTARTE

11-12.12 liber cd 13.12 liber xxvii 14.12 in .john st. john (1908) ac wrote that ararita was .delivered unto me in the winter of last year. b vel magi, tzaddi, cheth and a fash appear to have been later (source: ac diary 1907iiliber astarte vel berylli svb figvra clxxv v a a publication in class d 1 0. this is the book of uniting himself to a particular deity by devotion. 1. considerations before the threshold. first concerning the choice of a particular deity. this matter is of no import, sobeit that thou choose one suited to thine own highest nature. howsoever, this method is not so suitable for gods austere as saturn, or intellectual as thoth. but for such deities as in themselves partake in anywise of love it is a perfect mode. 2. concerning the prime method of this magick art. let the


LIBER CLXV A MASTER OF THE TEMPLE

n realize that state perfectly, but i am not a magician, i know little or nothing of the equinox 148 ceremonial magick, except from reading; my results have not been accompanied by visions. what results i have obtained have been in the nature of becoming the thing itself, not seeing it. however, to pass on: is the idea of coming back to help others (see sun. apr. 16) only a form of the dweller on the threshold and caused through fear of annihilation or madness? or is it a concession to my own weakness, a pandering to my self because i am really nowhere near ready to hurl myself into the gulf, instead of which i come back to normal consciousness, and try and make myself believe i have given up what i could not get for the sake of others which do not exist at the time (for me? this is certai


LIBER COLLEGII SANCTI

nfers it. 2. he shall pass examination in liber iii, cap. iii. 3. he shall meditate on the diverse knowledge and power that he has acquired, and harmonize it perfectly. and in this matter he shall be judged by the pramonstrator of the a a 4. he shall accept an office in a temple of initiation, and commit to memory a part appointed by the imperator of the a a 5. besides all this, he shall abide on the threshold. let him remember that the word dominus liminis is no idle term, but that his mastery will often be disputed, when he knoweth it not. 6. when at last he hath attained to the grade of adeptus minor, let him humble himself exceedingly. 7. he may at any moment withdraw from his association with the a a simply notifying the adept who introduced him. 8. he shall everywhere proclaim openly


LIBER CORDIS CINCTI SERPENTE

31. i felt the red lips of nature and the black lips of perfection. like sisters they fondled me their little brother; they decked me out as a bride; the mounted me for thy bridal chamber. 32. they fled away at thy coming; i was alone before thee. 33. i trembled at thy coming, o my god, for thy messenger was more terrible than the death-star. liber cordis cincti serpente svb figvra ynda 19 34. on the threshold stood the fulminant figure of evil, the horror of emptiness, with his ghastly eyes like poisonous wells. he stood, and the chamber was corrupt; the air stank. he was an old and gnarled fish more hideous than the shells of abaddon. 35. he enveloped me with his demon tentacles; yea, the eight fears took hold upon me. 36. but i was anointed with the right sweet oil of the magister; i sl


LIBER DCCCLX JOHN ST

. john 27 cursing and black magic, etc. we must hope for the osiris section to-morrow or next day. birth, death, resurrection! iao! 7.35. the sandwich duly chewed, and two coffees drunk, i resume the mystic mantra. why? because i dam well choose to. 7.50 .tis a rash thing to say, and i burn incense to the infernal gods that the omen may be averted; but i seem to have conquered the real dweller of the threshold once and for all. for nowadays my blackest despair is tempered by the certainty of coming through it sooner or later, and that with flying colours. 9.30. the last.-hour i wasted talking to dr. roland, that most interesting man. i don.t mean talking; i mean listening. you are a bad, idle good-for-nothing fellow, o.m! why not stick to that mantra? 10.40. have drunk two citrons presses

as a spanish catamite. 1. death summons life and clears away all other forces. 2. the invocation of the word. death consecrates life, who in her whirling dance invokes that word. 3. they salute the word. the signs1 and m..m2 must be a chorus, if anything. 4. the miraculous appearance of iacchus, uninvoked. 1. the 3 questions.3 2. the 4 ordeals. warning and comfort as an appeal to the officers. 3. the threshold. 1 [the signs in ritual 671 are the signs of horus (the enterer) and harpocrates (silence, the old g.d. neophyte signs. t.s] 2 [the .secret word. of ritual 671. it is said to enumerate to 93. t.s] 3[.who art thou? whence came thou? whither goest thou? what seekest thou (the second and third are bracketed together. t.s] john st. john 35 the chorus of purification. the hymn .my heart

ing during the practice of concentration one can very nearly always (especially with a little experience) trace the chain. with neighbourhood-concentration this is not so. perhaps there is a chain, but so great already is the power of preventing the impressions from rising into john st. john 45 consciousness that one has no knowledge of the links, each one having been automatically slaughtered on the threshold of the consciousness. of course, the honest and wary practitioner will have no difficulty in recognising the right kind of wandering; with this explanation there is no excuse for him if he does. i have another theory, though. perhaps this is not a wandering at all, but a complete annihilation of all thought. affirming adonai, i lop off the heads of all other; and adonai.s own head fa

ll along. but to-night fs thought struck at my own integrity, at the inmost truth of the soul and of adonai. as i said, there is no answer to it; and as these seven days have left me fairly master of the fortress, i caught him young, and assigned him promptly to the oubliette. i put down this.not as a .pose..but because the business is so gigantic. it encourages me immensely; for if my dweller on the threshold be that most formidable devil, how vast must be the pylon that shelters him, and how glorious must be the temple just beyond! 9.30. it seems that there was one more mistake to make; for i fve made it! i started to attempt to awaken the kundalini.the magical serpent that sleeps at the base of the spine; coiled in three coils and a half around the sucumna; and instead of pumping the pr

will read through the whole record to date and see if i can find an ariadne-clue. 1.15. back, and settled to ritual-painting. 2.30. finished: bar frontispiece and colophon, which i can design and execute to-morrow. 3.00. took half an hour off, making a silly sketch of a sunset. will now read through the record, and reflect upon it. 4.15 .before i was blind; now i see. yesterday i was right up to the threshold, right enough; but got turned back by the dweller. i did not see the dweller till afterwards (8.53 entry) for he was too subtle. i will look carefully back to try and spot him; for if i .knew his name. i could pass by.i.e, next time i climb up to the threshold of the pylon. i think the entries 1.25 and 3.35 am. explain it .hugging myself, as it were. how fatally accurate! i wrote it

, as it were. how fatally accurate! i wrote it and never saw the hellish snare! i ought to have risen up and prepared myself ceremonially as a bride, and waited in the proper magical manner. also i was too pleased with the heralds of my lord.s coming.the vision of khephra, etc. it was perhaps this subtle self-satisfaction that lost me. so i fell to the shocking abyss of last night! the dweller of the threshold is never visible until after one has fallen; he is a veiled god and smites like the evil liber dccclx 78 knight in malory, riding and slaying.and no man seeth him. but when you are tumbled headlong into hell, where he lives, then he unveils his face, and blasts you with its horror! very good, john st. john, now you know! you are plain john st. john and you have to climb right up agai

visible until after one has fallen; he is a veiled god and smites like the evil liber dccclx 78 knight in malory, riding and slaying.and no man seeth him. but when you are tumbled headlong into hell, where he lives, then he unveils his face, and blasts you with its horror! very good, john st. john, now you know! you are plain john st. john and you have to climb right up again through the paths to the threshold; and remember this time to mortify that self-satisfaction! go at it more reverently and humbly.oh, you dog, how i loathe you for your vileness! to have risen so high, and.now.to be thus fallen! 4.40. the question arises: how to mortify this self-satisfaction? asceticism notoriously fosters egoism; how good am i to go without dinner! how noble! what renunciation! on the other hand, th

with the invisible, i found but the stagnant and bitter water of selfishness, the dead sea of the soul. for all is illusion. who saith .i. denieth adonai, save only if he mean adonai. and daleth the door of the pylon, is that tree whereon the adept of man hangeth, and daleth is love supernal, that if it be inserted in the word ani .i. giveth adni, adonai. subtle art thou and deadly, o dweller of the threshold (p.s..this name is a bad one. dweller beside the pylon is a better term; for he is not in the straight path, which is liber dccclx 80 simple and easy and open. he is never .overcome; to meet him is the proof of having strayed. the key fits the door perfectly; but he who is drunken on the bad wine of sense and thought fumbles thereat. and of course there is a great deal of door, and v

dea: why not end it all with destruction? say a great ritual of geburah, curses, curses, curses! john st. john ought not to have forgotten how to curse. in his early days at wastdale head people would travel miles to hear him! curse all the gods and all the demons.all those things in short which go to make up john st. john. for that.as he now knows.is the name of the great enemy, the dweller upon the threshold. it was that mighty spirit whose formless horror beat him back, for it was he! so now to return to concentration and the will toward adonai. 10.20. one thing is well; the vow of .interpreting every phenomenon as a particular dealing of god with my soul. is john st. john 97 keeping itself. whatever impression reaches the consciousness is turned by it into a symbol or a simile of the w


LIBER DCLXXI VEL PYRAMIDOS

rise and follow me! the candidate still, bound and hoodwinked: asar un-nefer! i invoke the fourfold horror of the smoke. unloose the pit! by the dread word of power.that set-typhon hath heard. sazaz sazaz adnatsan sazaz1 the fear of darkness and of death. the fear of water and of fire the fear o. the chasm and the chain the fear of hell and the dead breath. the fear of him, the demon dire that on the threshold of the inane stands with his dragon fear to slay 1 (pronounce this backwards. but it is very dangerous. it opens the gates of hell) liber dclxxi vel pyramidos 5 the pilgrim of the way. thus i pass by with force and care, advance with fortitude and wit, in the straight path, or else their snare were surely infinite. the passing of the second pylon (stagger and fall back to earth. suit


LIBER HHH

tohu et bohu .mens quasi flamma surgat, aut quasi puteus aqua quiescat .alteri modi sunt tres exempli, qui illis extra limine collegii sancti dati sunt .in hoc primo libro sunt aqua contemplationis. two are the methods of becoming god: the upright and the averse. let the mind become as a flame, or as a well of still water. of each method are three principal examples given to them that are without the threshold. in this first book are written the reflexions.1 .sunt tres contemplationes quasi halitus in mente humana abysso inferni. prima; secunda; tertia. vocatur. et ha reflexiones aquatica sunt trium enthusiasmorum, apollonis, dionysi, veneris .total stella est nechesh et messiach, nomen hyha cum hwhy conjunctum. there are three contemplations as it were breaths in the human mind, that is t


LIBER III VEL JUGORUM

thy fingers. thus bind thyself, and thou shalt be for ever free* this practice must not be dodged; e.g (1) by failing to cut at the first moment of discovery, and giving oneself (so to say .i.ll make 10 cuts when i.ve made 10 slips. or (2) by .i.ll make a slip in view of the immediate need: i don.t mind the pain of a cut. the object of the whole exercise is to create a sentinel to stand watch at the threshold of the mind: with this in view one should be able to study the psychology of the practice in detail and arrange matters so as to obtain the best result possible [ms. note added by ac in a copy of equinox i (4, transcribed by yorke] vel jvgorvm 3 iii 0. the ox is thought. man, rule thou thy thought! how else shalt thou master the holy spirit, and answer the high priestess in the middl


LIBER LVII

hiroth of the middle pillar. but ought we not to have some supreme name for 489, their sum, the middle pillar perfect? yet the sepher sephiroth is silent (we find only 489= lwmg \lcm, the avenger. ed) again, 111 is aleph, the unity, but also lpa, thick darkness, and sa, sudden death. this can only be interpreted as meaning the annihilation of the individual in the unity, and the darkness which is the threshold of the unity; in other words, one must be an expert in samadhi before this simple gematria has any proper meaning. how, then, can it serve the student in his research? the uninitiated would expect life and light in the one; only by experience can he know that to man the godhead must be expressed by those things which most he fears. we here purposely avoid dwelling on the mere silline


LIBER LXVII THE SWORD OF SONG

, of the fort, colombo, on whom be peace. 755. heart.61. heart is a trifling misquotation: this poem is for publication. 810. mind the dark dorrway there !62.this, like so many other (perhaps all) lines in these poems, is pregnant with a host of hidden meanings. not only is it physical, of saying good-bye to a friend: but mental, of the darkness of metaphysics; occult, of the mystical darkness of the threshold of initiation: and physiological, containing allusions to a whole group of phenomena, which those who have begun meditaiton will recognise. similarly, a single word may be a mnemonic key to an entire line of philosophical argument. if the reader chooses, in short, he will find the entire mass of initiated wisdom between the covers of this unpretending volume. 70 1902 the three charac


LIBER MMCMXI NOTE ON GENESIS

nd the formulation of the sphere of the universe (or magical mirror in man. as it were the egg of the black swan of time, the kala hamsa, the triune a m u, or word of power or of seb, the bird of life, whose will was heard in the night of time. the total numeric value of the verse is fntd= 4459, of which the key is 22, the number of the paths from a to t; and the key of 22 is 4, the tetractys and the threshold of the universe. now to proceed to what i have termed the time process, the first word of the law then is tycarb. now in the hebrew scriptures the first word of a book is also its title. thus genesis a note on genesis 13 is called by the rabbins .b.rasheth. or .in the beginning. wherefore we may regard this word as not the first word.albeit that is shadowed forth therein.but as the s

d* symbolising power in action, and its taro key is the hermit and the voice of light, the prophet of the gods. thus .proclaimed is the reign of the gods of light. t is the last letter of the alphabet, the finis, the omega, the universe, saturn, the outermost planet, and it is also aort, throa, the gate of the universe; and by qabalah of nine chambers it is d, the gateway of initiation. hence .at the threshold of the universe. so the whole word reads: b this is the magical history r of the dawning of the light. a begun are the whirling motions; c formulated is the primal fire; y proclaimed is the reign of the gods of light t at the threshold of the infinite worlds! now compare this with the particular exordium (g d ms. z1: b at the ending of the night at the limits of the light thoth stood

he king) the air symbol vibrating between them [also y, f, is a mercurial sign, and thoth is mercury, though on a higher plane. the hermit, with his lamp and wand, is hermes, who guides the souls of the dead, in the greek ritual of 0= 0..p. the name \c, the spirit of god, second deity-name in the law, the trigrammaton, or threefold name, by which the universe came forth. a note on genesis 15 t at the threshold of entrance, betwixt the universe and the infinite, y in the sign of the enterer: stood thoth as before him the aons were proclaimed. the positions of the last two letters of the word have been relatively changed, so as to render the meaning more harmoniously. we will now proceed to the first word of the text as thus decapitated, taking b.rasheth as the title rather than as the first


LIBER RV VEL SPIRITUS

ould aid him in his work. such a disciple should be noiseless, patients, vigilant, prompt, cheerful, of gentle manner and reverent to his master, intelligent to anticipate his wants, cleanly and gracious, not given to speech, devoted and unselfish. with all this he should be fierce and terrible to strangers and all hostile influences, determined and vigorous, unceasingly vigilant, the guardian of the threshold. it is not desirable that the zelator should employ any other creature than a man, save in cases of necessity. yet for some of these purposes a dog will serve, for others a woman. there are also others appointed to serve, but these are not for the zelator. 1 note that in the early stages of concentration of the mind, such annoyances become negligible. svb figvra ccvi 5 15. tenth prac


LIBER TURRIS

th mate, fronting wild raiders, all forlorn to fate! there is nor health nor happiness therein. manhood is cowardice, and virtue sin. intolerable blackness hems it in. not hell fs heart hath so noxious a shade; yet harmless and unharmed, and undismayed, pines in her prison an unsullied maid. 1 this is also the gopening of the eye of shiva. h ed. 2 mayan, the magician, or mara. also the dweller on the threshold in a very exalted sense. ed. svb figvra xvi 3 penned by the master mage to his desire, she baffles his seductions and his ire, praying god fs all-annihilating fire. the lord of hosts gave ear unto her song: the lord of hosts waxed wrathful at her wrong. he loosed the hound of heaven from its thong. violent and vivid smote the levin flash. once the tower rocked and cracked beneath its


LINDOW JOHN NORSE MYTHOLOGY A GUIDE TO THE GODS HEROES RITUALS AND BELIEFS

niflheim [fog-world] and gave her power over nine worlds, that she should host all those who were sent to her, and they are those who die of illness or old age. she has a large residence there, and the walls are extremely high and the gate huge. eljudnir [rain-damp] is the name of her hall, hunger her plate, starving her knife, ganglati her serving boy, ganglot her serving woman, stumbling block the threshold that leads in, kor [sickbed] her bed, blikjandabol [pale-misfortune] her bedhangings. she is half dark blue and half flesh color. for this reason she is easily recognized and rather stooping but fierce. most of these details are not found outside of snorri, but the notion of nine netherworlds is not uncommon. when older poetry says that people are gin h rather than gwith h hel, we ar

] threw into niflheim and gave her power over nine worlds, that she should host all those who were sent to her, and they are those who die of illness or old age. she has a large residence there, and the walls are extremely high and the gate huge. eljudnir [rain-damp] is the name of her hall, hunger her plate, starving her knife, ganglati her serving boy, ganglot her serving woman, stumbling block the threshold that leads in, kor [sickbed] her bed, blikjanda-bol [pale-misfortune] her bedhangings. she is half dark blue and half flesh color. for this reason she is easily recognized and rather stooping but fierce. unlike niflheim, niflhel is found in eddic poetry. in vafthrudnismal, stanza 43, odin tells the giant vafthrudnir how he has come to be so wise: 240 norse mythology about the runes o


LUCIFERIAN SORCERY

ation, which spoke of the black light above the throne as the western idea of the sun at midnight or black sun. this may be revealed within the witches sabbat path as the black flame, or illuminated luciferian sense of self. it is the beautiful presentation of ones own being, and that we may grow and emerge from it into infinite possibility. shaitan, satan or lucifer is considered the guardian of the threshold, the gateway to the space between worlds, known as the twilight or in-between of the nightside and dayside. through this 5 gateway may we draw the immortal elixir of spiritual awakening and magickal gnosis through sorcery. the process of self-transformation within the witches sabbat gnosis is the night-hunt and dream conclave known as the witches sabbath, the meeting of the souls of


MACNULTY W KIRK KABBALAH AND FREEMASONRY

of the tree, and the three "principal rounds" correspond to the major steps up the central column. faith, the first principal round is the appropriate attitude for the apprentice. he has no experience of his own on which to base his expectations; he must place his faith in the deity and in the integrity of the more experienced brethren who will teach him. the path between hod and nezah represents the threshold of ordinary consciousness, and i have indicated that it represents also the door of the lodge. that is the door on which the candidate knocks when he joins the order; and it is the material which he will find beyond this door, in the realm of his own unconscious, that he promises to keep secret. kabbalistically, the great lower figure 11. the tree of life with masonic symbols of the


MANLY P HALL THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF ALL AGES

nitiates claim to have actually seen the living gods themselves. whether this was the result of religious ecstasy or the actual cooperation of invisible powers with the visible priests must remain a mystery. in the metamorphosis, or golden ass, apuleius thus describes what in all probability is his initiation into the eleusinian mysteries "i approached to the confines of death, and having trod on the threshold of proserpine i, returned from it, being carried through all the elements. at midnight i saw the sun shining with a splendid light; and i manifestly drew near to, the gods beneath, and the gods above, and proximately adored them" women and children were admitted to the eleusinian mysteries, and at one time there were literally thousands of initiates. because this vast host was not pr

ree among the arabs, who made of it the idol al-uzza, which mohammed destroyed. it is abundant as a bush in the desert of thur; and of it the 'crown of thorns' was composed, which was set on the forehead of jesus of nazareth. it is a fit type of immortality on account of its tenacity of life; for it has been known, when planted as a door-post, to take root again and shoot out budding boughs above the threshold (see morals and dogma) it is quite possible that much of the veneration accorded the acacia is due to the peculiar attributes of the mimosa, or sensitive plant, with which it was often identified by the ancients. there is a coptic legend to the effect that the sensitive plant was the first of all trees or shrubs to worship christ. the rapid growth of the acacia and its beauty have al

stinging the third, there was an immediate response. by stinging each of the twelve assembled princes in turn the insect thus discovered each one's name, for the princes called each other by name in discussing the cause of the mysterious bites. having secured the desired information in this novel manner, the insect then flew back to hunahpu and xbalanque, who thus fortified, fearlessly approached the threshold of xibalba and presented themselves to the twelve assembled princes. when told to adore the king, hunahpu and xbalanque laughed, for they knew that the figure pointed out to them was the lifeless manikin. the young adventurers thereupon addressed the twelve princes by name thus "hail, hun-came; hail, vukub-came; hail, xiquiripat; hail, cuchumaquiq; hail, ahalpuh; hail, ahalcana; hail

he felt for his father. he said that his father had given him being, but that aristotle had given him well-being. the basic principles of the ancient wisdom were imparted to alexander the great by aristotle, and at the philosopher's feet the macedonian youth came to realize the transcendency of greek learning as it was personified in plato's immortal disciple. elevated by his illumined teacher to the threshold of the philosophic sphere, he beheld the world of the sages--the world that fate and the limitations of his own soul decreed he should not conquer. aristotle in his leisure hours edited and annotated the iliad of horner and presented the finished volume to alexander. this book the young conqueror so highly prized that he carried it with him on all his campaigns. at the time of his tr

assists man to develop the sense of appreciation; for as it reveals the glory and the sufficiency of knowledge, it also unfolds those latent powers and faculties whereby man is enabled to master the secrets of the seven spheres. from the world of physical pursuits the initiates of old called their disciples into the life of the mind and the spirit. throughout the ages, the mysteries have stood at the threshold of reality--that hypothetical spot between noumenon and phenomenon, the substance and the shadow. the gates of the mysteries stand ever ajar and those who will may pass through into the spacious domicile of spirit. the world of philosophy lies neither to the right nor to the left, neither above nor below. like a subtle essence permeating all space and all substance, it is everywhere;


MASTERING WITCHCRAFT

iant protective circle of light! when you have finished your circumambulations (hopefully without encountering mishap such as arrest by the local police for loitering, you should seal the egg into a previously prepared and exorcised black box cushioned within by some dark fabric- a piece of your discarded clothing is ideal. this box you must now bury deeply and permanently, either as nearly under the threshold of the house as you can manage or beneath your hearth, if you have one. you will probably have to pry up a loose floorboard for this. failing these things, simply wall the box up in the house somewhere, in the attic or preferably the cellar. the important thing to remember here is that the egg must be incorporated into the basic fabric of the house, if not the foundations. wherever y

the sun, and it completes the first half of the process. the second half deals with the facilitation of the power transfer by means of a power object, following the principle laid out in chapter 4. the next day (ideally the selfsame night) visit the home of your victim in secret, and draw lightly in sabbat oil or gum arabic the circle cross or reversed pentagram, whichever you happened to use, on the threshold of the house or apartment. trace over this symbol with your athame, charging it with witch power. should it be impossible to get to the threshold, trace the symbol at a point where you know your victim will have to pass and set his foot. this work of magic is, in fact, nothing less than the erection of a psychic booby trap. hence the use of oil or gum to form the basis of the symbol:

reformation folklore version of the horned god. he was also known as robin artisson and robin goodfellow. hu. channel island version of the horned one, possibly derived from the welsh-celtic deity, hu gadarn. barabbas. hebrew bar abba meaning son of the father or divine son- reference to the incarnate god. mamilion. derivation unknown. dianus or janus. a twin-faced god of the romans, who guarded the threshold of the house and supervised all beginnings and endings. he is referred to by some witches as alpha and omega, the first and the last. another version of the horned one. janicot. a southern french diminutive of janus or dianus. the devil. literally "little god" derived from early aryan stem div or dev, meaning "holy" or "shining" lucifer "the light bearer" the god seen as the spirit o


MEANING OF MASONRY

ower corresponding to it. in all the congregations of the initiates an inner guard was stationed within the sanctuary, chancel or oratory at the door of entrance, with the drawn sword in his hand, to ward off unqualified trespassers and intruders. it was no mere formal or metaphorical performance. it was at the risk of the life of any man attempting to make an entrance if he succeeded in crossing the threshold. secret signs and passwords and other tests were applied to all who knocked at the door, before admission was granted. the possession of the mysteries, after initiation, and the use of the signs, either vocally, actionally or ejaculatorily, with" intention" in their use (not as mere mechanical repetition, were attended by occult powers directed to the subjects of their special intent


MICHAEL FORD WITCHMOON

hield of will are present. frozen silence the practice of holding the body in one position for extended amounts of time is very significant. the self in a still or frozen state is often an avatar of building and controlled energy. when an individual controls their thoughts on almost every level, holding the point of consciousness between lines of almost subconscious existence, then the mind is at the threshold of magick and sorcery. this is why i have always relied on physical exercise and training as a stepping stone towards magickal practice. the mind on the conscious levels works extremely fast and remains intent when one is engrossed in physical activities such as hiking, swimming, climbing, running, weight training and such. a good time for sigil workings would be when one is focused

ic or planetary attributes according to what you wish to obtain. burn the candles and with a focused and creative imagination create the spirit image of yelg. spirit of lilith! thou which hast become through the elaborate passion of my self, i become through thee! daughter of the lunar queen, casting the autumnal fire through the aeons, noble passion of flight! become that all knowing! i stand at the threshold of this world. silent watcher, all existent rehctaw, the shadows of hecate cloak thee under the night of kali. the flesh is mine, of which ecstasy arrives! witch mother paterson, 106 106 become flesh and dream, knowledge and initiation, your wisdom i recall! amen! at the moment of orgasm, consecrate the witch sigil and visualize your interpretation of yelg. this elemental shall be bo

trocious -sex magick- the birth of a lunar intelligence warning: caution should be exercised with this rite. the creation of a moon child on the astral plane is sometimes more dangerous than giving it flesh in the womb. the reason it is dangerous is that it is yet another step up from any normal elemental, in simple terms it is the closest to human intelligence that one could create, it stands on the threshold of having it s own will. the other point to understand is that such servitors, due to their lack of will, act only unto your commands. if one falls prey to starting to communicate with them when unnecessary then obsession can occur. the elemental will gain immortality through your soul itself, it will become attached and there is little hope beyond that. the same is the case with any

formed through your sex and the spirit formed in your astral semen will give life to this sorcery. rituals such as this have long been hidden from the public and from most occultists. this is due to the fact that such workings invoke bestial and demonic incarnations, like flesh taking atavisms which would drive one to the brink of madness and death. the primal stygian daemons who stand waiting at the threshold are going to run through the gate finally and i can only hope that the couple who undertake this rite are willing to reap the consequences of such an undertaking. this is black magick in every sense of the word, it creates or evokes an offspring of your sorcery. the spirit is first given essence through the desire and will of the couple. energy is fed to it by belief and the blood of

sible for the sorcerer to absorb the energies contained therein. breath deeply as you feel the qlipothic forces enter, allow the death gnosis to overtake your mind, and feel the ecstasy of thanatos. it should be also noted that the two assisting sorcerers should recite the proper banishing verses while you are within, to keep all escaping energies at bay. they should also know that you will be at the threshold of the abyss and if not properly in tune with the will, rehctaw (4) and the holy guardian angel then madness could overtake you at this very moment. they should be prepared to banish all within the circle and to keep you, yourself at bay until properly banished and the mind returned. if these precautions fail there is the possibility of trapping the self in the qlipoth or succumbing


MICHAEL TSARION ATLANTIS ALIEN VISITATION AND GENETIC MANIPULATION

ky on darwinismmost controversial is the evolutionary question. i have done a great deal of work on darwin and cansay with some assurance that darwin did not derive his theory from nature but rather superimposed acertain philosophical world-view on nature and then spent 20 years trying to gather the facts to make itstick (introduction)advent of manyet the point of mans emergence as a human-being, the threshold of his attainment of personality andspirit these are still shrouded in the shadows of the prehistoric past (p. 5)catastrophe removed fossil record evidencea noted newspaper wrote that the chief puzzle in the life record of the ancient earth is how, 600million years ago, the basic divisions of species of the plant and animal kingdom have already sud-denly appeared. there being no earl

owed into the churches to furnish theirgolden domes but none of it ever seemed to be passed out to benefit the poor.during the middle ages, the papacy struggled with the german emperors to maintain world suprem-acy. the germans complained to the ultramontainism, the money passed beyond the alps to build thecathedrals of rome and never to return. today we bear marks of deterioration. we dwell upon the threshold of hysteria. the mental trou-bles that harass the multitude are brought about largely by the universal system of exploitation. whensubmerged races are not available for exploitation, the descendants of the illi exploit one another, andthereby increase their mental ailments (p. 76)all cities have slums. evidently slums are needed for a system of exploitation to succeed. a populacecann


MICHAEL W FORD THE VAMPIRE GATE

yet may find issue with those depending on their own practice and focus. i wanted to present a methodology of vampyric practice to those daring enough to become through it. the main canon of luciferian witchcraft is indeed luciferian witchcraft, book of the witch moon and liber hvhi all three make specific reference to the type of magickal practice here some may find the ciphers which lead one to the threshold of the crooked serpent. vampyrism warning: this book is a grimoire. it gives practical instructions on the possibility of sorcerous practice from a luciferian perspective. it is not evil or simply destructive. the most powerful message that can be received in this work is that of creation. the vampyre magickian should create as opposed to destroying. the author and publisher accept n


MICHAEL W FORD NOX UMBRA

ral plane within our physical world which we seek to control from within. the forms in the nightside of which we assume (bat. wolf, moth, or a hybrid of each and others) are the extensions of our will and desire. the vampyre is a being which has deified itself through the antinomianian process of death and rebirth, one who has passed through the ancient aspects of set and anubis, the guardians of the threshold. the symbol of the dragon known as tiamat or leviathan is also ahriman, the coiled beast that is of serpent wisdom. the dragon has fueled the myths of dracula, the dragon race from wallachia. dracos, draconum is the very shadow of the immortal fountain of life, which the vampyre seeks to bask in eternally. remember, in bram stoker's immortal "dracula" novel, the prince of vampyres is


MORALS AND DOGMA

tree among the arabs, who made of it the idol al-uzza, which mohammed destroyed. it is abundant as a bush in the desert of thur: and of it the "crown of thorns" was composed, which was set on the forehead of jesus of nazareth. it is a fit type of immortality on account of its tenacity of life; for it has been known, when planted as a door-post, to take root again and shoot out budding boughs over the threshold* every commonwealth must have its periods of trial and transition, especially if it engages in war. it is certain at some time to be wholly governed by agitators appealing to all the baser elements of the popular nature; by moneyed corporations; by those enriched by the depreciation of government securities or paper; by small attorneys, schemers, money-jobbers, speculators and advent

rmitted to hear, thou shouldst know. nevertheless, although the disclosure would affix the penalty of rash curiosity to my tongue as well as thy ears, yet will i, for fear thou shouldst be too long tormented with religious longing, and suffer the pain of protracted suspense, tell the truth notwithstanding. listen then to what i shall relate _i approached the abode of death; with my foot i pressed the threshold of proserpine's palace. i was transported through the elements, and conducted back again. at midnight i saw the bright light of the sun shining. i stood in the presence of the gods, the gods of heaven and of the shades below; ay, stood near and worshipped_ and now have i told thee such things that, hearing, thou necessarily canst not understand; and being beyond the comprehension of

sublunary world, where the two principles clash and contend; and was finally admitted to a luminous region where the sun, with his most brilliant light, put to rout the shades of night. then he himself put on the costume of the sun-god or the visible source of ethereal light, in whose mysteries he was initiated; and passed from the empire of darkness to that of light. after having set his feet on the threshold of the palace of pluto he ascended to the empyrean, to the bosom of the eternal principle of light of the universe, from which all souls and intelligences emanate. plutarch admits that this theory of two principles was the basis of all the mysteries, and consecrated in the religious ceremonies and mysteries of greece. osiris and typhon, ormuzd and ahriman, bacchus and the titans and

ment of reason envelopes a necessary truth, and every necessary truth supposes the necessary existence. thus, from every direction--from metaphysics, aesthetics, and morality above all, we rise to the same principle, the common centre, and ultimate foundation of all truth, all beauty, all good. the true, the beautiful, the good, are but diverse revelations of one and the same being. thus we reach the threshold of religion, and are in communion with the great philosophies which all proclaim a god; and at the same time with the religions which cover the earth, and all repose on the sacred foundation of natural religion; of that religion which reveals to us the natural light given to all men, without the aid of a particular revelation. so long as philosophy does not arrive at religion, it is

coming; and so we also, even we, may light a little taper, to illuminate the darkness while it lasts, and help until the day-spring come. eternal morning follows the night: a rainbow scarfs the shoulders of every cloud that weeps its rain away to be flowers on land and pearls at sea: life rises out of the grave, the soul cannot be held by fettering flesh. no dawn is hopeless; and disaster is only the threshold of delight. beautifully, above the great wide chaos of human errors, shines the calm, clear light of natural human religion, revealing to us god as the infinite parent of all, perfectly powerful, wise, just, loving, and perfectly holy too. beautiful around stretches off every way the universe, the great bible of god. material nature is its old testament, millions of years old, thick


MOTTA MARCELO THE COMMENTARIES OF AL

atheist" the utter lack of sense of humor is a characteristic of 'black brotherhood. a magister might have said the same thing but with a twinkle. there are certain analogies between 'black brotherhood' and paranoia, but while paranoia is a mental disorder 'black brotherhood' is of dadth, and much more dangerous. religious persecutions, throughout history, were always the result of a man reaching the threshold of the abyss through the discipline of a particular faith, and then fearing to jump. his disease would then affect, telepathically and magically, those of his faith, with results such as holy inquisitions, crusades, and others. 5. help me, o warrior lord of thebes, in my unveiling before the children of men! here nuit appeals, simply and directly, recognizing the separate function of


MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS E

esired hermes to say where he had hidden the cattle. the child, who was still in swaddling-clothes, looked up bravely into his father's face and said "now, do i look capable of driving away a herd of cattle; i, who was only born yesterday, and whose feet are much too soft and tender to tread in rough places? until this moment, i lay in sweet sleep on my mother's bosom, and have never even crossed the threshold of our dwelling. you know well that i am not guilty; but, if you wish, i will affirm it by the most solemn oaths" as the child stood before him, looking the picture of innocence, zeus could not refrain from smiling at his cleverness and cunning, but, being perfectly aware of his guilt, he commanded him to conduct apollo to the cave where he had concealed the herd, and hermes, seeing

flew to his own house in search of medea, the ghastly spectacle of his murdered children met his view. he rushed frantically to seek the murderess, but nowhere could she be found. at length, hearing a sound above his head, he looked up, and beheld medea gliding through the air in a golden chariot drawn by dragons. page 262 in a fit of despair jason threw himself on his own sword, and perished on the threshold of his desolate and deserted home. pelops. pelops, the son of the cruel tantalus, was a pious and virtuous prince. after his father was banished into tartarus, a war ensued between pelops and the king of troy, in which the former was vanquished and forced to fly from his dominions in phrygia. he emigrated into greece, where, at the court of oenomaus, king of elis, he beheld hippodami


NAGEL CARL AMAZING SECRETS OF OCCULT POWER

ll occur almost instantaneously, while others may take a little longer. the magic of goetia you are about to enter the world of powerful ancient magic, and the results will amaze you. the spirits described in this chapter are ancient and possess a power stronger than the centuries. power to call forth any condition or< situation you desire. all this is here for you, in simplified form. you are on the threshold of working genuine magic for yourself to bring money, love, power, success, happiness and contentment. you will find the secret names of 72 different spirits on the following pages. these are the spirits of the lemegeton. one essential occult belief is that if you know the real name of a spirit you have control over it. pronounce the names exactly as i have written them. if you stumb


NAUDON PAUL THE SECRET HISTORY OF FREEMASONRY

as french:12 before the idea of internationalism had been expressed* the high dignitaries of the corporations had established between themselves and their colleagues a diplomatic undertanding that concerned* it was an expression of christianity. 218 from the art of building to the art of thinking working methods as well as the economic situations of the artists. the language of esoteric use until the threshold of the sixteenth century was french. its use was so extensive that in order to comprehend the so-called rebus writing, the language of heraldry, or what menage called "the ambiguities of the painting of the word" it was into the french language that these esoteric and allegorical hieroglyphics so frequently found on ancient monuments and edifices must be translated" this role of fren


NECRONOMICON ALAZIF

h them to walk once more ye earth. al azif page 3 of 18 http//www.chaosmatrix.org/library/books/al_azif/al_azif.html 10/10/2003 of diverse signs these most potent signs shall be so formed with thy left hand when thou employeth them in ye rites ye first sign is that of voor and in nature it be ye true symbol of ye old ones. make ye thus whenever thou wouldst supplicate those that ever waite beyond the threshold. ye second sign is that of kish and it breaketh down all barriers and openeth ye portals of ye ultimate planes. in ye third place goeth ye great sign of koth which sealeth ye gates and guardeth ye pathways. ye forth sign is that of ye elder gods. it protecteth those who would evoke ye powers by night, and banish ye forces of menace and antagonism. al azif page 4 of 18 http//www.chaos


ONYX TABLET OF SET

n nearing completion of this stage, will horrify you. sometimes it will offend you. the light from the veil (grail, however, is warm and all-embracing. you will reach out to it and claim it as part of your new self. this you must do or go back to a dire fate. you will rise out of the embers where masses of forgotten and discarded existences have died and passed into nothingness. you will stand on the threshold of becoming. all of those causal spirits of past and present understandings tempt you now; your being is made strong to take up their challenge. the three-sided door remains ajar, and without awaits leviathan. sekemti: perfection, sight man cannot see beyond what has been so expertly laid out before hem by varied "schools. philosophically mankind suffers from the "precedent syndrome;


PATH OF INITIATION

ing are destroyed and newer, better patterns are regenerated and the personality of the initiate is altered forever, and made better, wiser, capable of experiencing life in a new way. this is the descent into the dark waters below. 4. the meeting of the devil or the otherworldly guardian and the trial, followed by the bestowal of a first stage transformation. this stage is the fetch-awakening, at the threshold of the soul, wherein the puckril, the familiar or 'fetch beast, is identified or bestowed. this is the merging of the human nature and the animal nature; this is also a further "arrival" of outside forces that were called by the soul of the initiate. this is the kindling of the cunning fire. 5. the meeting with the fetch mate, or otherworldly lover- the congress of the incubi/succubi


PHOSPHORUS

different. 2. magickal assumption of the vampyre as a point of selftransformation, shape shifting and astral lycanthropy via nox umbra, see correlation between higher grades of toph and the botd. 3. the initiate will undergo the challenges of the necromantical flame, the becoming in the emerald flame of azrael and scribe their own self-designed grimoire of necromantic practice. 4. the guardian of the threshold satanas and the initiatic familiar. rites of phosphorus the initiation of the bloodied caul the birth of the initiate unto the light of phosphorus the initiate will have a robe of white which is symbolic of the light of lucifer before the fall. the virgin initiate shall enter the light of phosphorus to be born in the darkness of the initiator of the path, azal ucel. let the altar be


PHOSPHORUS THE SHADOWING FORTH OF LUCIFER

adiant sun may only rise in the heart of the individual; but he also knows that only the paths of perception lead up to the mountain where the sun appears in his divine radiation. lucifer is no devil leading the searching faust to hell; he shall be an awaker of those who believe in knowledge who want to change into the gold of divine wisdom -from luzifer-gnosis, rudolph steiner. lucifer stands on the threshold of dawn and dusk. the bringer of light, symbol of thelemic strength and divine wisdom emerges. the age of lucifer is the uprising of what blatavatsky termed "phosphorus, the cosmic force of illumination and light. lucifer is the force of air, while satan the dual and corrupted form of the light bringer is of active fire. this duality is the changeable essence of progression and evolu


RABBI MOSHE WISNEFSKY APPLES FROM THE ORCHARD THE ARIZAL ON THE PARASHAH

rely wipe out these seven nations: gof the cities of these peoples whom g-d is giving you to inherit, you shall leave no soul alive. rather, you must wipe them out: the hittite, the amorite, the canaanite, the perizite, the hivite, and the jebusite, as g-d has commanded you. h4 in the portion of the torah read this week, moses reviews the journeys on which he led the jewish people on their way to the threshold of the land of israel. they were told by g-d not to wage war against the descendents of esau, who inhabited mt. seir,5 nor to wage war against moab6 or ammon.7 in contrast, they were commanded to fight and conquer the two amorite kings, sichon8 and og.9 we must understand why, with regard to the seven [canaanite] nations, g-d commanded us gyou shall leave no soul alive, h whereas wit


REGARDIE ISRAEL THE COMPLETE GOLDEN DAWN

haos is to be transcended. from of light, for it is always from the rubbish 32 the golden dawn <56> manifestation of god-head. these symbols have a dual reference. not only do they refer to the epochs of creative evolution whose memory has long since faded even from the visible memory of nature, but also to the recapitulations of these periods within personal progress on the path "the aspirant on the threshold of initiation" observes crowley very aptly "finds himself assailed by the 'complexes' which have corrupted him, their externalisation excruciating him, and his agonised reluctance to their elimination plunging him into such ordeals that he seems (both to himself and to others) to have turned from a noble and upright man into an unutterable scoundrel" these are the experiences and eve

difficult !or human phantasies die hard, but once the effort is made, however transient the result, it becomes easier with time to replace wasteful thoughts with those that cluster round a powerful symbo f eternal truth. as the time for the a= t6p ceremony approaches, the aspirant should withdraw as far as may be from externals that these symbols may work in his mind. he will find them waiting on the threshold of his mind ready to tell their story as he walks about or is occupied in mechanical tasks. once a place has been made for them no 'time' is required to develop them. they grow in the waste places. definite times, too should be set aside for meditation whereinideas may be formulated as far as possible. before going to sleep, the aspirant should do the, pentagram <189> ritual and impr

hain. he allures him with scattered fragments of the divine body in bird and beast and flower, and he laments over him in the wind and in the sea and in the birds. when the times are <55> ended, he will call the kerubim from the east of the garden, and all shall be consumed and become infinite and holy. receive now the secrets of this grade. the step is thus given- 6 by 6- showing you have passed the threshold. the sign is given by raising the right hand to an angle of 45. it is the position in which the hierophant interposed for you between the hiereus and the hegemon. the token is given by grasping fingers, the thumb touching thumb to form a triangle. it refers to the ten sephiroth. the word is adonai ha-aretz, and means adonai the lord of the earth, to which element this grade is allott

us to and fro in the deeps, swayed the coils of the dragon with 8 heads and 11 horns. eleven were the curses of mount ebal, eleven the rulers of the qlippoth, and at their head were the dual contending forces.1 hiereus and heg. lower weapons and sfep back. 2nd ad (faces east) then breathed forth tho-0th out of the unutterable abyss the word! then stood forth tho-0th in the sign of the enterer, on the threshold of the hall of time as time was born of the eternal (gives= sign .so stood tho-0th in the power of the word, giving forth light, while the aeons that were unbegotten unfolded before him.2 phil. directed to give= sign. 2nd ad. and elohim said "let there be light: the hand of the ch. ad. hands out the candle. 2nd receives it andgives sign of silence. phil. is directed to make sign. 3rd

by pursuing florence fam (s.s.d.d, book on egyptian mngic, and from there to the gnostic religion by hans jonas. h.s. ritual of the portal 203 3rd ad. gives phil. candle and takes his station on the left hand of phil. 2nd ad. honoured frater pharos illuminans, we are here assembled to open for you the portal of the vault of the adepti, which admits you to the <165> second degree and brings you to the threshold of the inner or second order. but because of the increased influence over the members of the order that such advancement necessarily confers, and because of the increased power for good or evil that will follow if, with steadfast will and aspiration, you take this step in essence as well as in form, it is needful that you take further pledges, which however, as in the previous degree

f the coils of the stooping dragon: the breaking forth of the light: all these are in the knowledge of tho-0th. the particular exordium at the ending of the night: at the limits of the light: tho-0th stood before the unborn ones of time! then was formulated the universe: then came forth the gods thereof: the aeons of the bornless beyond: then was the voice vibrated: then was the name declared. at the threshold of the entrance, between the universe and the infinite, in the sign of the enterer, stood tho-oth, as before him were the aeons proclaimed <82> in breath did he vibrate them: in symbols did he record them: for betwixt the light and the darkness did he stand. the complete e lanation of the symbolism of, and the formulae contained in, the= 80 grade of neo-p hy- te of the order of the g

trance, between the universe and the infinite, in the sign of the enterer, stood tho-oth, as before him were the aeons proclaimed <82> in breath did he vibrate them: in symbols did he record them: for betwixt the light and the darkness did he stand. the complete e lanation of the symbolism of, and the formulae contained in, the= 80 grade of neo-p hy- te of the order of the golden dawn "enterer of the threshold" is the name of the= grade of neo 'note that there are three basic forms of thoth. first, thoth the speaker of the work (and word) of the universe. he thus stands at kether, the tree of life being his speech. the second is the thoth we see in hod, as messenger from beyond the abyss (there is a conscious play on words here. the thud is the sexual or generative moon god, who stands in

. he thus stands at kether, the tree of life being his speech. the second is the thoth we see in hod, as messenger from beyond the abyss (there is a conscious play on words here. the thud is the sexual or generative moon god, who stands in yesod (the sphere of the moon, in the sign of the enterer, leaning forward over the thirty-second path, called, in the tarot "the universe" h.s. 330 enterer of the threshold 331 phyte "the hall of the neophytes" is called "the hall of the dual manifestation of truth" that is of the goddess thmaah, whose name has three forms according to the nature of her operation. this is explained under the chapter concerning the hegemon. of the temple in reference to the sephiroth. the temple, as arranged in the neophyte grade of the order of the golden dawn in the ou

ond order should be seated in the east of the temple when practicable. any past hierophant may wear a mantle of a hierophant and a jewel of that larnen, but not a large collar lamen. immediate past hierophant may have a sceptre of a hierophant. the chiefs, or members asked to represent them on the dais, wear white gowns. the cords and tassels of all mantles of chiefs or officers should enterer of the threshold 333 be white to symbolise spiritual purity and influence of the divine and shining light. members of the outer order wear a black gown or tunic, with a sash indicating their grade across it. the black sash crosses from the left shoulder (from the side of the black pillar, as they first received it, and the white sash from the right shoulder. egyptian head-dresses, or nemysses are wor

path of samekh, outside the veil. the mantle (or cloak. see pg. 111, vol. 111) of bright flame scarlet, bearing a white cross on the left breast. the lamen suspended from a white collar. the crown-headed sceptre. the banner of the east. the position of the throne on the path samekh is fitting for the inductor to the mysteries, as there being placed in that balanced and central position enterer of the threshold 335 of that path by which alone is safe entrance to the mystical knowledge of the light in tiphareth. being placed before parokethat the point of its rending, it there marks the shining forth of the light through the veil; and that translation of the three supernals to the outer order, which is represented by the red calvary cross and the white triangle upon the altar. thus the stati

f-renunciation, whose trials and sufferings form, as it were, the ornament of the completed work. the whole represents the ascent of the initiate into perfect knowledge of the light- therefore in the address of the hiereus the neophyte hears "even the banner of the east sinks in adoration before him,"as though that <92> symbol, great and potent though it be, were yet but an inferior preenterer of the threshold 337 sentment of the higher, fitted to our comprehension "expounder of the sacred mysteries" is the name of the hierophant, and he is "osiris (aeshoorist) in the nether world (st added as a suffix to a name indicates the influence from kether) the station of hiereus is at the extreme west of the temple and in the lowest point of malkuth where he is enthroned in its darkest part, in th

is between the two pillars whose bases are in netzach and hod, at the intersection of the paths peh and samekh, in the symbolic gateway of occult science- as it were, at the beam of the balance, at the equilibrium of the scales of justice; at the point of intersection of the lowest reciprocal path with that of samekh, which forms a part of the middle pillar. she is placed there as the guardian of the threshold of entrance and the preparer of the way for the enterer- therefore the recon <95> ciler between light and darkness, and the mediator between the stations of hierophant and hiereus. the symbols and insignia of hegemon are: the robe of pure whiteness, bearing on the left breast a red goss. the mitre headed sceptre. the larnen suspended from a black collar. the robe represents the spiri

y and brought to the aid of the candidate. it symbolises the self- the white triangle is the supemals which lay beyond the abyss from which no-one returns, because the only entry to resurrection is death. without compromise or abridgement. the east is our horizon. the west, the horizon of the gods gone utterly beyond. all that can die, must die before the eternal can be expressed. h.s. enterer of the threshold 339 sacrifice that is offered for another to aid him in the attainment of the light. it also signifies the atonement of error, the preparer of the pathway unto the divine. upon the left breast is a cross, usually the calvary fonn, of red to represent the energy of the lower will, purified and subjected to that which is higher- and thus is the office of hegemon especially that of the


RITUEL ET DOGME DE LA HAUTE MAGIE BY ELIPHAS LEVI PART I

rigorously true, at least in a certain sense, and even when it predicts nothing it reveals secret things and gives the most wise counsel to its querents. alliette, who, in the last century, from a hairdresser became a kabalist, and kabalistically called himself etteilla, reading his name backwards after the manner of hebrew, alliette, i say, after thirty years of meditation over the tarot, was on the threshold of discovering everything that is concealed in this extraordinary work; but he ended only by misplacing the keys, through want of their proper understanding, and inverted the order and character of the figures, though without entirely destroying their analogies, so great are the sympathy and correspondence which exist between them. the writings of etteilla, now very rare, are obscure


RITUEL ET DOGME DE LA HAUTE MAGIE BY ELIPHAS LEVI PART II

and. yet another and more abominable practice. a fat toad is selected; it is baptized; the name and surname of the person to be bewitched is given it; it is made to swallow a consecrated host over which the formulae of execration have been pronounced. the animal is then wrapped in magnetized objects, bound with the hairs of the victim, upon which the operator has previously spat, and is buried at the threshold of the bewitched person's door, or at some point where he is obliged to pass daily. the elementary spirit of the toad will become a nightmare and vampire, haunting the dreams of the victim, unless indeed he should know how to drive it back on the operator. let us pass now to bewitchments by waxen images. the sorcerers of the middle ages, eager to please by their sacrileges him whom t


RUBY TABLET OF SET

ing to the question of why this is relevant to occultists. people make wild claims about h.p. lovecraft. some say that he was a medium for the true gods, the forces from beyond- that these fictional entities actually exist, and he was channeling them. others claim that he was indeed initiated into occult secrets; but at the moment of passing the portal of initiation he was eaten by the dweller on the threshold, and so could not accept the reality of these strange creatures, yet was compelled to write of them. but what actually makes lovecraft important is this: although he did not regard himself as a magician, he took the best sources that he had available about the deep structure of the human psyche- he took religious myth, not just in his childhood but later on, in seeking ideas and them

eration of the seal, then- the possibility exists that this form is a representation of a dimensional gate bridging the natural order and the non-natural realm of consciousness. the trapezoid is the keystone of this gate, having the traditional form of the keystone of an arch, being mutually defined by the ring of nature in size and by the nonnatural, hyperdimensional pentagram in essential form. the threshold of this portal is formed by the points of contact with the natural order. as i have remarked, a geometric figure, especially a unicursal figure, may describe a process. time is frequently treated as the fourth dimension of our experience. to this interpretation of the seal i now turn. the tracing of the nine angles during correspondence on this topic, sir setnakt drew my attention to

the red desert. but even as astaroth comes forth, so shall the god of the ninth hour conduct them onward to the pylons of the new temple. you who saw their shrines, came too soon and passed by, knowing it for what it was, but knowing not what was written there. i, astaroth, shall give you the key and the formula- but that ancient text you must decipher for yourselves. in the full light of day at the threshold of the gate of the south solstice, i, astaroth who announced myself with a brief illumination in the night of the aeon as i made my descent upon this earth like unto those distant waters, now stand before you with my seal bearing the twin serpents of my life and wisdom and the sword that joins them. in the name of set, the prince of darkness, i give you my own word to assist you on t

ncient text you must decipher for yourselves. h this is another indication that astaroth's "patience is not as great as it was in old khem" and an indication that he will not intervene too forcefully in the affairs of mankind. i take the "ancient text" to mean the word of set, and understand this to mean that the tools now exist to use it in the fullness of its power. gin the full light of day at the threshold of the gate of the south solstice, i, astaroth who announced myself with a brief illumination in the night of the aeon as i made my descent upon this earth like unto those distant waters, now stand before you with my seal bearing the twin serpents of my life and wisdom and the sword that joins them. h compare this passage with: and before our sight satan lost shape and became again t

y own being in a non-realized state. through am-ut i could see what i may become. i had realized, and i mean realized to a depth that words cannot adequately express, the importance of the initiatory journey. with this knowledge came a barrage of realizations regarding my own self. as an afterthought i recalled how i had for years referred to myself in personal circles as a "dweller" a "lurker on the threshold" and so on. i now knew that although i had always had the potential to become an active participant within any of the several occult groups i had been associated with, i had never taken the impetus to do so. i was always satisfied with simply "dwelling" within that group, and really doing nothing else. a serious dilettante would be an adequate description. i was saddened by the reali

participants gather at the altar. curtains are released] i stand at the foundation of the world, the basis of all being. i gather before me and around me the essence of becoming. it is my work and my weird to summon now that which has become, that which is becoming, that which should become. fate, weird, and destiny, i call you forth. i summon now the guardians of the way. i invoke the lurkers on the threshold; fierce and terrifying, they require gift for gift. come forward and make yourselves manifest. i call you forth. i summon now the essence of darkness. the temple is the crucible; the gift of set is the flame through which you must pass, by which you will come to your own understanding [turn and face initiates. other participants now move to places] the sources of becoming, the founta

, and to see us is to die. the poetry of madness we howl through this black morass. in animal fury and orgiastic license have we whipped ourselves to demonic heights, and with wails and shrieks that tear through worlds like pestilential tempests from the gulfs of hell [priest] ph'nglui mglw'nafh cthulthu r'lyeh tfg'lui fht'agnua [participants] in his house at r'lyeh, dead cthulhu is awakening. on the threshold of the earth's supreme terror, the nightmare corpse-city of r'lyeh, do we stand, loathsome seepage from the dark stars. we have heard thy sendings and dreamed thy dreams, hidden though you are in your vaulted asylum. thy hordes have sent their dreams that spread fear to the profane, and call imperiously to the elect to a diabolical pilgrimage of liberation and restoration. from the c

he initiate stands with arms crossed over the breast [after all initiates have come into the room and the music is concluded, the first warden declares in a loud voice] honorable master, the lodge is complete, sealed, and covered [afterward he bows to the master and then sits at his station. all take their seats. then the master speaks] so be then the peace and blessing of saturn- the guardian of the threshold- with you, my brothers and sisters. in his exalted name i greet you in this holy ritual lodge of the bull of ombos pylon of the temple of set. lay off all the troubles and frustrations of the work-a-day world! let your hearts beat high and feel yourselves being taken into our living chain of brotherhood. relax completely and meditate with me on solitude, harmony, and power [after thr

saturni! moneat terra per bata ombovis! fiat firmanentum per spiritum urani! fiat indicum per ignem in virtue set-an! o, angel with the dead eyes, take, by the power of the elements, all that is weak from our hearts! aum- aum- aum [first warden strikes the gong three times [second warden rings the bell three times [master] as master of this worthy brotherhood, i call upon saturn- the guardian of the threshold [first warden strikes the gong three times, spread somewhat apart. the master with each striking of the gong traces the sigil of saturn before him in the air with his index and middle fingers [the master then lifts his arms, and spreads them out, with thumbs upward and palms facing the celebrants. he remains in this position until the end of the responses] sanctus saturnus- we call t


SALMANRUSHDIE THESATANICVERSES

ts formal letter of congratulations "this humanizes you, it shows you've got that what--the--hell streak, and that's a positive new dimension" they were working on it. in the meantime, allie thought, smiling at gibreel in tired encouragement as he slipped down towards her lower depths, there's now you. almost a total stranger and here you've gone and moved right in. god, i even carried you across the threshold, near as makes no difference. can't blame you for accepting the lift. he wasn't housetrained. used to servants, he left clothes, crumbs, used tea-bags where they fell. worse: he _dropped_ them, actually let them fall where they would need picking up; perfectly, richly unconscious of what he was doing, he went on proving to himself that he, the poor boy from the streets, no longer nee


SATANIC RITUALS

t unseen as well, for only through the angles can we be seen, and those without see not; for their eyes are blinded by millstones of righteousness. i say unto thee who speaketh with, garbled tongue: i know well that which holds ye from leaving this cycle. i have glimpsed the hounds of the barrier, lying in wait for the souls of the righteous. they are the guardians of the cycles, and they lurk at the threshold of time, and their space-planes move about them, hiding them well. they move only through angles, though free are they not of the curved dimensions. strange and terrible are the hounds of the barrier, follow they consciousness to the limits of space. unseen they walk among thee, in places where the rites have been said. manche nehmen die gestalt der menschen an, nicht wissend was sie


SATANISM AN EXAMINATION OF SATANIC BLACK MAGIC

o watch over and care for the child(ren:"do you, so chosen, pledge to guard and watch over this newborn and to teach them when the teaching time is right, our ways [from 'the ceremony of birth' in "the black book of satan (ona] the time for teaching is when the child, in accord with satanic philosophy, can choose for themselves- sixteen years of age or thereafter- that is, when they have attained the threshold of adulthood. hence, there is not, and cannot be, any such thing as "satanic" child-abuse: there can be no childhood' initiation, no participation by children under acertain age in rituals, and no abuse, by adultsatanists, of children. this latter is important- satanism is concerned with the individual gaining self-mastery and self-understanding. the abuser (whether of children, drug


SCHLAGER NEIL WORLD RELIGIONS REFERENCE LIBRARY

igion and philosophy accompanied by belongings of the dead person to prevent him or her from returning to claim these possessions. the burial was usually in a family plot just outside the walls of the city, and graves were marked by marble columns or slabs. female members brought offerings of perfume to the grave for several weeks after the funeral. in rome, at the birth of a child, men would hit the threshold of the house with tools to keep the wild spirits away. at puberty, or when a young boy started to mature, he would put away the bulla, or protective charm of childhood, and replace his boyhood toga or robe for the toga of manhood. the modern tradition of the bridal veil goes back to the roman practice of veiling a young woman who was leaving the protection of her father s home for th

a young boy started to mature, he would put away the bulla, or protective charm of childhood, and replace his boyhood toga or robe for the toga of manhood. the modern tradition of the bridal veil goes back to the roman practice of veiling a young woman who was leaving the protection of her father s home for that of her new husband. similarly, the modern custom of the groom carrying the bride over the threshold of their house comes from ancient rome. there she would be carried into her new home to avoid the bad luck that was supposed to come if she tripped over the threshold. when someone died in a house, the corpse was removed feet-first to discourage the ghost from returning. at the roman religious festival of the parentalia, in february, the members of a family would make offerings of fl

of sumerian literature relays the exaltation in translation for modern readers. this excerpt is from the section in which enheduanna praises innana s powers in battle: at your battle-cry, my lady, the foreign lands bow low. when humanity comes before you in awed silence at the terrifying radiance and tempest [storm or upheaval, you grasp the most terrible of all the divine powers. because of you, the threshold the goddess inanna, or ishtar, was worshipped by the priestess enheduanna. innana was the mesopotamian goddess of love, fertility, and war. head of a statue of ishtar, wearing a headdress from the temple of ushtar at mari, syrian, 2800 2300 bc (alabaster)/assyrian school/national museum, damascus, syria, giraudon/the bridgeman art library international. world religions: biographies 1

he wet sea and over the limitless land, swifth as the breath of the wind. and she seized her doughty spear, shod with sharp bronze, weighty and huge and strong, wherewith she quells the ranks of heroes with whomsoever she is wroth, the daughter of the mighty sire. then from the heights of olympus she came glancing down, and she stood in the land of ithaca, at the entry of the gate of odysseus, on the threshold of the courtyard, holding in her hand the spear of bronze, in the semblence of a stranger, mentes the captain of the taphians. and there she found the lordly wooers: now they were taking their pleasure at draughts in front of the doors, sitting on hides of oxen, which themselves had slain. and of the henchmen and the ready squires, some were mixing for them wine and water in bowls, a


SIR EDWARD BULWER LYTTON ZANONI A ROSICRUCIAN TALE

she breathed. frequently she would climb through the thickets that clothed the neighbouring grotto of posilipo, the mighty work of the old cimmerians, and, seated by the haunted tomb of virgil, indulge those visions, the subtle vagueness of which no poetry can render palpable and defined; for the poet that surpasses all who ever sang, is the heart of dreaming youth! frequently there, too, beside the threshold over which the vine-leaves clung, and facing that dark-blue, waveless sea, she would sit in the autumn noon or summer twilight, and build her castles in the air. who doth not do the same, not in youth alone, but with the dimmed hopes of age! it is man's prerogative to dream, the common royalty of peasant and of king. but those day-dreams of hers were more habitual, distinct, and sole

said the old man, hesitatingly "you do not think, with this noble gentleman, that i erred in the precepts i instilled into that wretched man "erred! was socrates to blame if alcibiades was an adulterer and a traitor "you hear him, you hear him! but socrates had also a plato; henceforth you shall be a plato to me. you hear him" exclaimed the old man, turning to the stranger. but the latter was at the threshold. who shall argue with the most stubborn of all bigotries, the fanaticism of unbelief "are you going" exclaimed dumas "and before i have thanked you, blessed you, for the life of this dear and venerable man? oh, if ever i can repay you, if ever you want the heart's blood of rene dumas" thus volubly delivering himself, he followed the stranger to the threshold of the second chamber, an

sweet patience, had so often sat by his side, and praised and flattered when the world had but jeered and scorned. in one corner he found the laurel-wreath she had placed on his brows that happy night of fame and triumph; and near it, half hid by her mantilla, lay in its case the neglected instrument. viola was not long gone: she had found the physician; she returned with him; and as they gained the threshold, they heard a strain of music from within, a strain of piercing, heart-rending anguish. it was not like some senseless instrument, mechanical in its obedience to a human hand, it was as some spirit calling, in wail and agony from the forlorn shades, to the angels it beheld afar beyond the eternal gulf. they exchanged glances of dismay. they hurried into the house; they hastened into

ose lives united in love and order, keeping account of happy hours, the unbroken timepiece of home, as if nowhere else the wheels were arrested, the chain shattered, the hands motionless, the chime still! no, the grave itself does not remind us of our loss like the company of those who have no loss to mourn. go back to thy solitude, young orphan, go back to thy home: the sorrow that meets thee on the threshold can greet thee, even in its sadness, like the smile upon the face of the dead. and there, from thy casement, and there, from without thy door, thou seest still the tree, solitary as thyself, and springing from the clefts of the rock, but forcing its way to light, as, through all sorrow, while the seasons yet can renew the verdure and bloom of youth, strives the instinct of the human

r a secret cabinet, etc) the palace retained by zanoni was in one of the less frequented quarters of the city. it still stands, now ruined and dismantled, a monument of the splendour of a chivalry long since vanished from naples, with the lordly races of the norman and the spaniard. as he entered the rooms reserved for his private hours, two indians, in the dress of their country, received him at the threshold with the grave salutations of the east. they had accompanied him from the far lands in which, according to rumour, he had for many years fixed his home. but they could communicate nothing to gratify curiosity or justify suspicion. they spoke no language but their own. with the exception of these two his princely retinue was composed of the native hirelings of the city, whom his lavis

derella might have worn, seemed a world too wide for the tiny foot which it scarcely covered. it might be the heat of the day that deepened the soft bloom of the cheeks, and gave an unwonted languor to the large, dark eyes. in all the pomp of her stage attire, in all the flush of excitement before the intoxicating lamps, never had viola looked so lovely. by the side of the actress, and filling up the threshold, stood gionetta, with her arms thrust to the elbow in two huge pockets on either side of her gown "but i assure you" said the nurse, in that sharp, quick, ear-splitting tone in which the old women of the south are more than a match for those of the north "but i assure you, my darling, that there is not a finer cavalier in all naples, nor a more beautiful, than this inglese; and i am

power and gold? but look not so pale, mascari; i have foreplanned all things. the day that she leaves this palace, she will leave it for france, with monsieur jean nicot" before mascari could reply, the gentleman of the chamber announced the signor zanoni. the prince involuntarily laid his hand upon the sword placed on the table, then with a smile at his own impulse, rose, and met his visitor at the threshold, with all the profuse and respectful courtesy of italian simulation "this is an honour highly prized" said the prince "i have long desired to clasp the hand of one so distinguished "and i give it in the spirit with which you seek it" replied zanoni. the neapolitan bowed over the hand he pressed; but as he touched it a shiver came over him, and his heart stood still. zanoni bent on hi

austere and remorseless hierophant, thou who hast sought to convert to our brotherhood every spirit that seemed to thee most high and bold, even thou knowest, by horrible experience, how vain the hope to banish fear from the heart of woman. my life would be to her one marvel. even if, on the other hand, i sought to guide her path through the realms of terror to the light, think of the haunter of the threshold, and shudder with me at the awful hazard! i have endeavoured to fill the englishman's ambition with the true glory of his art; but the restless spirit of his ancestor still seems to whisper in him, and to attract to the spheres in which it lost its own wandering way. there is a mystery in man's inheritance from his fathers. peculiarities of the mind, as diseases of the body, rest dor

laid for his credulity by deceivers? was she not instructed to seize the moment to force him into an avowal which prudence must repent? was not the great actress rehearsing a premeditated part? he turned round, as these thoughts, the children of the world, passed across him, for he literally fancied that he heard the sarcastic laugh of mervale without. nor was he deceived. mervale was passing by the threshold, and gionetta had told him his friend was within. who does not know the effect of the world's laugh? mervale was the personation of the world. the whole world seemed to shout derision in those ringing tones. he drew back, he recoiled. viola followed him with her earnest, impatient eyes. at last, he faltered forth "do all of thy profession, beautiful viola, exact marriage as the sole

st renounced love; thou hast rejected wealth, fame, and the vulgar pomps of power. what, then, are all mankind to thee? to perfect thy faculties, and concentrate thy emotions, is henceforth thy only aim "and will happiness be the end "if happiness exist" answered mejnour "it must be centred in a self to which all passion is unknown. but happiness is the last state of being; and as yet thou art on the threshold of the first" as mejnour spoke, the distant vessel spread its sails to the wind, and moved slowly along the deep. glyndon sighed, and the pupil and the master retraced their steps towards the city. book iv. the dweller of the threshold. bey hinter ihm was will! ich heb ihn auf "das verschleierte bildzu sais (be behind what there may, i raise the veil) chapter 4.i. come vittima io ven

from the spot, stretched out their gaunt arms, and implored charity in the name of the merciful mother! glyndon hastily threw them some small coins, and, turning away his face, clapped spurs to his horse, and relaxed not his speed till he entered the village. on either side the narrow and miry street, fierce and haggard forms some leaning against the ruined walls of blackened huts, some seated at the threshold, some lying at full length in the mud presented groups that at once invoked pity and aroused alarm: pity for their squalor, alarm for the ferocity imprinted on their savage aspects. they gazed at him, grim and sullen, as he rode slowly up the rugged street; sometimes whispering significantly to each other, but without attempting to stop his way. even the children hushed their babble

ct. von helmont. the rooms that mejnour occupied consisted of two chambers communicating with each other, and a third in which he slept. all these rooms were placed in the huge square tower that beetled over the dark and bush-grown precipice. the first chamber which glyndon entered was empty. with a noiseless step he passed on, and opened the door that admitted into the inner one. he drew back at the threshold, overpowered by a strong fragrance which filled the chamber: a kind of mist thickened the air rather than obscured it, for this vapour was not dark, but resembled a snow-cloud moving slowly, and in heavy undulations, wave upon wave regularly over the space. a mortal cold struck to the englishman's heart, and his blood froze. he stood rooted to the spot; and as his eyes strained invol

hy ordeal has commenced! there are pretenders to the solemn science who could have shown thee the absent, and prated to thee, in their charlatanic jargon, of the secret electricities and the magnetic fluid of whose true properties they know but the germs and elements. i will lend thee the books of those glorious dupes, and thou wilt find, in the dark ages, how many erring steps have stumbled upon the threshold of the mighty learning, and fancied they had pierced the temple. hermes and albert and paracelsus, i knew ye all; but, noble as ye were, ye were fated to be deceived. ye had not souls of faith, and daring fitted for the destinies at which ye aimed! yet paracelsus modest paracelsus had an arrogance that soared higher than all our knowledge. ho, ho! he thought he could make a race of m


STEINER RUDOLF CHRISTIANITY AS MYSTICAL FACT

humanity is looked upon as a being still in process of development, and at the end of the process comes existence as a god. we should speak of a divinized condition of being, rather than of the independent existence of a godhead, in the framework of egyptian thought. now it can hardly be doubted that in that framework of ideas no one could be considered to attain osirian existence after crossing the threshold of eternity, unless they had already evolved to that level of being. thus we must conclude that the highest mode of life that someone can lead is the transforming of oneself into an osiris. to be truly human, one must already live the most perfect life of an osiris that is possible under transitory conditions. human perfection means living like an osiris it means undergoing all that

, spring valley, ny, 1973 (ga 18. 20. ibid, p. 14. steiner went on to say, no one will be able to say: this esotericist speaks of the spiritual world because he is ignorant of the philosophical and scientific developments of our time. 21. an autobiography, pp. 294, 296. 200 christianity as mystical fact experience of the mystery of golgotha, the most inward, most earnest solemnity of knowledge on the threshold of the century. his thinking was transformed by what finally appeared in written form in his world and life views in the nineteenth century; he could then follow a path he later called the path of thought to christ. on this path the following holds true: the more we develop a social interest in the opinions of other people, even when we consider them false, the more we illuminate our

ress, hudson, ny, 1990; also mysteries of the east and christianity (rudolf steiner press, london, 1972, which relates it to the stages of initiation-experience which are hinted at in the account of his voluntary death and new birth by apuleius, the golden ass or, metamorphoses xi. the latter text is translated in meyer, the ancient mysteries, pp. 176ff. at the climactic moment he says: i crossed the threshold of persephone; i was caught rapt through all the elements; i saw the sun shining at midnight with a radiant light; i stood before the upper and the lower gods, drew near and adored (xi, 23) 78. empedocles, fragment 26. 79. empedocles, fragment 20. 80. this epistemological doctrine given expression in goethe s saying: 220 christianity as mystical fact w r nicht das auge sonnenhaft, wi


TECHNICIANS GUIDE TO THE LEFT HAND PATH

t the chemical and electrical signals that manifest into our consciousness as various forms of cognition are always at a threshold bordering on activity. they are always in a critical state ready to discharge their electro/chemical signal upon the slightest provocation from its inner or external evnironments. stochastic resonance has the ability to discharge these signals even when they are below the threshold necessary for them to discharge. stochastic resonance then, extends the range of cognitive experience by firing the neurons at levels below their normal threshold. it allows that stimulus below the threshold point to be manifest into awareness, it creates moments of seeing more. realize the importance of this. stochastic resonance is a tool of extension, and of seeing more. in the co


THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 1

n (1948) steiner stated that in rejecting the doctrine of reincarnation, christian thought had lost something vital that the east had always possessed, and he urged that such knowledge be reacquired. western religion and culture is in the process of passing through a period during which individuals were split up into separate personalities, steiner said, but now men and women of the west stand on the threshold of a deepening of thought and experience they will themselves be aware of a longing to find the thread uniting the fragments which make their appearance in the life of a human being between birth and death. in 1914, steiner married marie von sievers, an actress, who had been secretary of the german section of the theosophical society. together they established a school for esoteric r

a great deal of the phenomena of the seance room, but they deny that the source of the manifestations comes from spirits. these investigators have found that in many seances conducted under controlled conditions, the information relayed often rises far above the medium s known objective intelligence, but they argue that there are a number of ways by which the subjective mind can be elevated above the threshold of ordinary consciousness to the point where various phenomena may be produced. when mediums induce the trance state which summons the spirit control, they may sincerely believe that their physical body is possessed by an outside intelligence. when the subjective mind is operating under the suggestion that it is being controlled by the spirit of a deceased person, it can become marve

society s secretary from 1888 to 1899 and its president in 1900. although he was never a skeptic toward the paranormal, myers deemed many of the manifestations of spirit mediums to be simplistic and puerile. in his opinion, the greatest evidence for survival of the human personality after death was to be found in what he called the subliminal consciousness, that mysterious realm that lies beneath the threshold of ordinary consciousness wherein exist the faculties of telepathy, clairvoyance, psychokinesis, and precognition. all the phenomena of mediumism and the seance room myers attributed to the manifestations of the subliminal consciousness. myers investigated one of the most evidential cases suggestive of the survival of human personality beyond the death experience recorded in the earl


THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 3

ozens of pets in sunnybank, his estate near pompton lakes, new jersey. although terhune s favorite dogs were collies, he did have one crossbreed named rex, who was completely devoted to the writer. rex was a large dog with a vicious-looking scar across his forehead which made him appear much more ferocious than he really was. and though he felt it his duty to bark at every guest who walked across the threshold, rex would contentedly curl up at terhune s feet as he sat at the typewriter creating another canine adventure for his legions of devoted readers. due to a series of unfortunate events, rex was killed in march 1916, and the saddened terhune wrote the story lad: a dog as a tribute to the memory of his dear pet. many months after rex s death, terhune was paid a visit by henry a. healy

extrasensory aspects of hypnosis, despite hostility from the established sciences. in 1876 sir william barrett, an english physicist, presented the results of his experiments in clairvoyant card reading to the british association for the advancement of science. a number of barrett s colleagues rewarded the physicist s extensive endeavor by walking out during his presentation. hypnosis arrived on the threshold of the twentieth century under much the same cloud that had covered it since mesmer s day; and, in spite of decades of research and experimentation, the great majority of scientific researchers maintain a solid skepticism toward hypnosis at the dawn of the twenty-first century. the stanford hypnotic susceptibility scales, a scientific yardstick by which to measure the phenomenon of h

y followed the greek custom of placing a horseshoe on their walls. the u-shaped image of the horseshoe was undoubtedly revered even before humans domesticated horses and shod their hooves. many prehistoric stone monuments and structures, such as stonehenge, are set in a horseshoe shape, quite likely associated with the early humans attempt to trace the movements of the sun. nailing a horseshoe to the threshold of one s home helps to bring good fortune to the family. the horseshoe, tacked in place with three nails and the open end down, wards off evil. in the old days, sailors used to see to it that a horseshoe was nailed to the foremast of their vessels to keep witches and wizards from cursing the voyage or damaging the ship. some traditions prescribe the hanging of a horseshoe in the bedr


THE KEY TO THE MYSTERIES

by the nightmare of hell, have taken refuge in their frozen bodies, their bodies already covered with funereal marble! men have found skeletons turned over, convulsed, twisted, and they have said "here are men who have been buried alive" often this was not the case. these may always be waifs of death, men raised from the tomb, who, before they could abandon themselves altogether to the anguish of the threshold of eternity, were obliged to make a second attempt. a celebrated magnetist, baron dupotet, teaches in his secret book on "magic" that one can kill by magic as by electricity. there is nothing strange in this revelation for 123 anyone who is well acquainted with the analogies of nature. it is certain that in diluting beyond measure, or in coagulating suddenly, the plastic medium of a


THE MAGICIAN S KABBALAH

r deities as diana. also, in its generative aspect (merging to netzach, diana-artemis of epheseus, the many-breasted. threshold: as the connective element between the nephesch (animal instinct) and ruach (reasoning principle, such gods as hermanubis (hermes the guide and anubis the guardian) and ganesha (as breaker-down of obstacles, the juggernaut) can be placed here, as well as the "guardian of the threshold. this latter entity is encountered as the first "fear" on the new initiate's path, and usually manifests as the "shadow" in terms of jungian psychotherapy. the appearance of the guardian is the sure sign that the work of the zelator is building up towards initiation, and not merely being used as a form of escapism. in terms of the creative process down the tree, both yesod as meaning


THE MIDDLE PILLAR

g of man's hgher or spiritual nature. in practice, however, such a relationship does indubitably exist. it is a fact of clinical and consulting-room experience. for, during the course of a protracted analysis, the cruder and more superficial unconscious levels having been uncovered and moral conflicts resolved, symbols and theme-motifs of a religious or spiritual nature do make their entry across the threshold of consciousness. this entry is by way of dream, intuition, and by direct apprehension. not only is this so, but they exert a potent influence on the entire personality producing integrity a new and more equilibrated attitude towards life, and an unification of the various strata of consciousness whch collectively we call man. what modern psychology has quite possibly accomplished is

poise to neurotic patients, and of assisting the task of analysis, the practice of the middle pillar may be recommended to psychologists. for by these means the conscious mind is rendered calm and still, the desirable condition to permit the ascent of the archetypes and inspiration of other levels of consciousness. during the period of attention to the middle pillar, dreams far more readily cross the threshold of consciousness, and as time proceeds, they seem very definitely to pertain to less superficial aspects of the psyche, to the regions which normally are very difficult to contact-the creative and archetypal worlds of the animus, the almost exclusive concern in the past of poets, mystics, and magicians. the fourth routine exercise, the vibratory formula, is fundamentally an extension

, olive, and black. 25. although regardie's reasoning is valid, we suggest that students not mix hebrew and enochian here, particularly if they are unfamiliar with the enochian system. use the hebrew divine and archangelic names associated with binah as per golden dawn tradition. 26. this js verified by a passage in the manuscripts of the golden dawn, particularly a section of z.l: the enterer of the threshold, the symbolism of the opening of the 0=0 grade of neophyte (regardie, the golden dawn, 346 "this is the secret traditional mode of pronouncing the divine names by vibration. the method described is called "the vibratory formula of the middle pillar" 27. the technique of vibrating a divine name wlule visualizing it flaming in the air is known as the expanding whirl of vibration. 28. t


THE NECRONOMICON SIMON VERSION

kramer, s.n. mythologies of the ancient world (ed) new york, 1961 sumerian mythology pennsylvania, 1972 laurent la magie et la divination chez les chaldeo- assyriennes paris, 1894 lenormant, f. science occult; la magie chez les chaldeens paris, 1874 tales of the cthulhu mythos new york, 1973 at the mountains of madness new york, 1973 lovecraft, h.p. the dunwich horror new york, 1963 the lurker at the threshold (with august derleth) new york, 1971 mason, h. gilgamesh (ed) new york, 1972 neugebauer, o. the exact sciences in antiquity new york, 1969 near eastern texts relating to the old testament princeton, 1958 pritchard, j. the chaldean oracles of zoroaster "sapere aude" new york seignobos, s. the world of babylon new york, 1975 seligmann, k. magic, supernaturalism, and religion new york


THE SHADOWED ONES

battle. know then that gadreel not only resides in physical war, but that of mental war. he is truly a spirit of azazel, who in ancient lands is known as set-an. gadreel brings initiation of battle that awakens the character and strengths of he who invokes him. guidance is a passion of gadreel who shall bring to you the knowledge of overcoming strife no matter what it may be. 4 akibeel stands at the threshold of inner wisdom of the self; through the abyss which holds the knowledge of our creation and our linage. he may show you by dream and vision that path of unlocking the spirits which may serve you, great elementals and atavisms both grotesque and demonic. araqiel brings to you all the knowledge of the earth, and how by respect and love shall it flourish with us. certain lands may know


THE TAROT OF C C ZAIN

rked, announces the ascension of that power in the spheres of the future. the cube upon which these symbols rest typifies the physical world; and has graven on its side an ibis, to indicate that eternal vigilance is a necessity if physical limitations are to be surmounted. veiled isis--arcanum ii. in divination, arcanum ii may briefly be read as science. arcanum ii is figured by a woman seated at the threshold of the temple of isis. she is seated between two columns, the one on her right being red to signify pure spirit and its luminous ascension over matter, and the one on her left being black to represent the bondage of matter over the impure. the woman is crowned by a tiara of three stories surmounted by a lunar crescent. from the tiara a veil falls over her face. she wears upon her bos

black to represent the bondage of matter over the impure. the woman is crowned by a tiara of three stories surmounted by a lunar crescent. from the tiara a veil falls over her face. she wears upon her bosom the symbol of the planet mercury, and carries upon her knees an open book which she half covers with her mantle. this symbolic ensemble personifies occult science, which awaits the initiate at the threshold of the sanctuary of isis in order to tell him the secrets of universal nature. the symbol of mercury (hermes) upon the bosom of the virgin, signifies that matter is fecundated by spirit in order to evolve mind, or soul. the cross below is matter, the circle is spirit. together they figure the lingam of the hindus, representing the union of the sexes; and the crescent above the union


THE SECRET RITUALS OF THE OTO

apter, and may be employed in greeting a brother. say a.f.o. he replies, p.p.v. the forth sign or sign of truth. raise &c and say a. point downwards and say d. the fifth sign or sign of silence. place &c and say i. the other &c p.v. the sixth sign or sign of love. clasp &c and say t. as you &c he says r. the seventh sign or sign of i.n.r.i. form &c &c &c. the grip is given by &c. the pass word on the threshold of the black room, or chamber of death. and in this place the meaning &c. the royal omnific password is. very excellent and perfect g.m. you will now place our new companion in arms between the pillars in the west and proclaim him (done) g.m: oyez! oyez! oyez! by command of the most wise sovereign, i proclaim sir (dame. a knight (dame) of the pelican and eagle, a perfect and puissant

et flammam aeternae caritatis. that is to say, thy purity, not mine; and this is the descending and indwelling of the holy ghost. nay, verily deus est homo, deus est in homine, homo est deus quem creavit elohim. male and female are those, therefore, as these. therefore in this ye do well, and in this ill, for that ye arrest aspiration, that ye suffocate and expire even at the moment when elsehow the threshold should be trodden and the shrine unveiled. behold the spirit of the lord is upon me and i prophesy. unless ye repent, then will the lord root out your order from its place. i the lord will laugh at your calamity; i will mock when your fear cometh. ye shall be the scorn of evil men and your reproach shall be in the mouths of women. in the great name of baphomet do i exhort you that ye


THE HOLY BIBLE KING JAMES VERSION

d when the day began to spring, they let her go. 19:26 then came the woman in the dawning of the day, and fell down at the door of the man s house where her lord [was] till it was light. 19:27 and her lord rose up in the morning, and opened the doors of the house, and went out to go his way: and, behold, the woman his concubine was fallen down [at] the door of the house, and her hands [were] upon the threshold. 19:28 and he said unto her, up, and let us be going. but none answered. then the man took her [up] upon an ass, and the man rose up, and gat him unto his place. 19:29 and when he was come into his house, he took a knife, and laid hold on his concubine, and divided her [together] with her bones, into twelve pieces, and sent her into all the coasts of israel. 19:30 and it was so, that

5:3 and when they of ashdod arose early on the morrow, behold, dagon [was] fallen upon his face to the earth before the ark of the lord. and they took dagon, and set him in his place again. 5:4 and when they arose early on the morrow morning, behold, dagon [was] fallen upon his face to the ground before the ark of the lord; and the head of dagon and both the palms of his hands [were] cut off upon the threshold; only [the stump of] dagon was left to him. 5:5 therefore neither the priests of dagon, nor any that come into dagon s house, tread on the threshold of dagon in ashdod unto this day. 5:6 but the hand of the lord was heavy upon them of ashdod, and he destroyed them, and smote them with emerods [even] ashdod and the coasts thereof. 5:7 and when the men of ashdod saw that [it was] so, t

n the water, and he shall root up israel out of this good land, which he gave to their fathers, and shall scatter them beyond the river, because they have made their groves, provoking the lord to anger. 14:16 and he shall give israel up because of the sins of jeroboam, who did sin, and who made israel to sin. 14:17 and jeroboam s wife arose, and departed, and came to tirzah [and] when she came to the threshold of the door, the child died; 14:18 and they buried him; and all israel mourned for him, according to the word of the lord, which he spake by the hand of his servant ahijah the prophet. 14:19 and the rest of the acts of jeroboam, how he warred, and how he reigned, behold, they [are] written in the book of the chronicles of the kings of israel. 14:20 and the days which jeroboam reigned

s destroying weapon in his hand. 9:2 and, behold, six men came from the way of the higher gate, which lieth toward the north, and every man a slaughter weapon in his hand; and one man among them [was] clothed with linen, with a writer s inkhorn by his side: and they went in, and stood beside the brasen altar. 9:3 and the glory of the god of israel was gone up from the cherub, whereupon he was, to the threshold of the house. and he called to the man clothed with linen, which [had] the writer s inkhorn by his side; 9:4 and the lord said unto him, go through the midst of the city, through the midst of jerusalem, and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that be done in the midst thereof. 9:5 and to the others he said in mine hearing, go ye af

thed with linen, and said, go in between the wheels [even] under the cherub, and fill thine hand with coals of fire from between the cherubims, and scatter [them] over the city. and he went in in my sight. 10:3 now the cherubims stood on the right side of the house, when the man went in; and the cloud filled the inner court. 10:4 then the glory of the lord went up from the cherub [and stood] over the threshold of the house; and the house was filled with the cloud, and the court was full of the brightness of the lord s glory. 10:5 and the sound of the cherubims wings was heard [even] to the outer court, as the voice of the almighty god when he speaketh. 10:6 and it came to pass [that] when he had commanded the man clothed with linen, saying, take fire from between the wheels, from between t

of chebar. 10:16 and when the cherubims went, the wheels went by them: and when the cherubims lifted up their wings to mount up from the earth, the same wheels also turned not from beside them. 10:17 when they stood [these] stood; and when they were lifted up [these] lifted up themselves [also] for the spirit of the living creature [was] in them. 10:18 then the glory of the lord departed from off the threshold of the house, and stood over the cherubims. 10:19 and the cherubims lifted up their wings, and mounted up from the earth in my sight: when they went out, the wheels also [were] beside them, and [every one] stood at the door of the east gate of the lord s house; and the glory of the god of israel [was] over them above. 10:20 this [is] the living creature that i saw under the god of is

: declare all that thou seest to the house of israel. 40:5 and behold a wall on the outside of the house round about, and in the man s hand a measuring reed of six cubits [long] by the cubit and an hand breadth: so he measured the breadth of the building, one reed; and the height, one reed. 40:6 then came he unto the gate which looketh toward the east, and went up the stairs thereof, and measured the threshold of the gate [which was] one reed broad; and the other threshold [of the gate, which was] one reed broad. 40:7 and [every] little chamber [was] one reed long, and one reed broad; and between the little chambers [were] five cubits; and the threshold of the gate by the porch of the gate within [was] one reed. 40:8 he measured also the porch of the gate within, one reed. 40:9 then measur

er court that looketh toward the east shall be shut the six ezekiel page 510 working days; but on the sabbath it shall be opened, and in the day of the new moon it shall be opened. 46:2 and the prince shall enter by the way of the porch of [that] gate without, and shall stand by the post of the gate, and the priests shall prepare his burnt offering and his peace offerings, and he shall worship at the threshold of the gate: then he shall go forth; but the gate shall not be shut until the evening. 46:3 likewise the people of the land shall worship at the door of this gate before the lord in the sabbaths and in the new moons. 46:4 and the burnt offering that the prince shall offer unto the lord in the sabbath day [shall be] six lambs without blemish, and a ram without blemish. 46:5 and the me

46:23 and [there was] a row [of building] round about in them, round about them four, and [it was] made with boiling places under the rows round about. 46:24 then said he unto me, these [are] the places of them that boil, where the ministers of the house shall boil the sacrifice of the people. 47:1 afterward he brought me again unto the door of the house; and, behold, waters issued out from under the threshold of the house eastward: for the forefront of the house [stood toward] the east, and the waters came down from under from the right side of the house, at the south [side] of the altar. 47:2 then brought he me out of the way of the gate northward, and led me about the way without unto the utter gate by the way that looketh eastward; and, behold, there ran out waters on the right side. 4

d for him. 1:7 hold thy peace at the presence of the lord god: for the day of the lord [is] at hand: for the lord hath prepared a sacrifice, he hath bid his guests. 1:8 and it shall come to pass in the day of the lord s sacrifice, that i will punish the princes, and the king s children, and all such as are clothed with strange apparel. 1:9 in the same day also will i punish all those that leap on the threshold, which fill their masters houses with violence and deceit. 1:10 and it shall come to pass in that day, saith the lord [that there shall be] the noise of a cry from the fish gate, and an howling from the second, and a great crashing from the hills. 1:11 howl, ye inhabitants of maktesh, for all the merchant people are cut down; all they that bear silver are cut off. 1:12 and it shall c


TWO ESSAYS ON THE WORSHIP OF PRIAPUS

er neck a fig of leather which she wore there, as an infinity of other people did; this higo, or fig, she described as a form of hand, with the fist closed, and the thumb passed between the two fingers, which they believe to be, and wear as, a remedy against all enchantment and witchcraft; and, because the devil cannot bear this fist, she said that he did not dare to carry it away, but left it at the threshold of the door of the room in which she was sleeping. this jeanette said, that the first time she went to the sabbath she saw there the devil in the form of a man, black and hideous, with six horns on his head, and sometimes eight, and a great tail behind, one face in front and another at the back of the head, as they paint the god janus. gratianne, on presenting her, received as her re


TYSON DONALD NEW MILLENNIUM MAGIC

olic in nature, although made to appear terrify- ingly real, and physical injury is not permitted to happen in a responsible group. the nineteenth-century french occultist paul christian, purporting to describe the egyptian mysteries, tells how the candidate is led to a dark passage and told to crawl in. the candidate has no assurance that he is not crawling to his death. as soon as he has passed the threshold, the heavy bronze door of the passage is dropped with a clang, and the candidate hears the terrible words "here perish all fools who covet knowledge and power!"28 the candidate faces an agonizing quandary. should he wait for release, or go on into the threatening darkness? he has been given an oil lamp by his guides, but the oil will not last forever. gathering his courage, he crawls


TYSON DONALD SOUL FLIGHT

o the theta state. in a 1997 interview for nexus magazine, david morehouse, the author of psychic warrior: inside the cia stargate program, explained "in theta-wave state, it appears that the con130 soul flight duits become open. it's called the 'thought incubation state, a time when that 'limen' which separates the conscious mind from the unconscious mind becomes thinner."165 the limen is simply the threshold between the conscious state and the unconscious. morehouse worked as a remote viewer for american military intelligence. he describes the initial process of remote viewing as falling into the fourth dimension. he was taught to construct a special place on the astral level where he went after entering the meditative or trance state conducive to remote viewing "we were taught to go int


VOX SABBATUM

traditions consider satan to be a djinn of fire, which presents a certain superiority over other angels. azazel was originally the preacher to all the other angels in pre eternity, who was first seated under the throne of glory. azazel was cast from heaven for refusing to bow before clay (adam) and thus fell into the darkness. it was ayn al-qozat hamadani who symbolized iblis being a guardian of the threshold, a black light and the tresses which hide the beloved s face. thus shaitan was a guardian and initiatory focus24, from which one could move through to godhead. it is essentially, self-deification through separation from the natural order. in the gnostic christian text, the apocryphon of john, yaltabaoth or lucifer came forth from a beautiful angel in islamic lore to a lion headed ser


WEOR SAMAEL AUN ESOTERIC COURSE OF KABBLAH

m 14 the two urns divine magnetism and human magnetism. the superior waters of heaven. during this time the disciple learns to be pure and chaste, because he understands the value of his seminal fluid. arcanum 15 (the electrical hurricane) typhon baphomet. the sixth hour of apollonius. here it is necessary to stay quiet, still, because of fear (this signifies the terrible trial of the guardian of the threshold, before which much valor is necessary in order to [conquer] defeat it. arcanum 16 the fulminated tower. seventh hour of apollonius. the fire comforts the animated beings and if any priest, purified enough, steals it and then he projects it and if he mixes it with the holy oil and then consecrates it, he will achieve the curing of all diseases simply by applying it to the affected par

r duerme profundamente, este es el producto de la infiel memoria, el ser humano, solo tiene conciencia de aquello que recuerda; nadie puede tener conciencia de cosas que no recuerda. el adam de pecado es memoria. es el mismo yo desencarnante, es la conciencia lunar. 71 clairvoyants affirm that it is formed by the atoms of the secret enemy. it is a tenebrous remnant of our lunar past (the larva of the threshold. our gnostic disciples must comprehend that this kind of lunar consciousness means something to be conscious of; and someone to be conscious of it. the lunar conscience is subjected to all kinds of limitations, qualifications, restrictions, reactions; it is a product of matter, the outcome of the inheritance of our race, family, habits, customs, prejudices, desires, fears, appetites

is how the i is annihilated. the rose elaborates its perfume with the mud of the earth; the perfume of the rose is transmuted mud. the door of eden sex is the door of eden. the guardian of this door is the assyrian sphinx, the egyptian sphinx, the bull (golden calf) of moses with the sword between its paws. this is the psychological i reflected in the baphomet that with his sword drives out from the threshold all of those who are not prepared. the enemy is within us; we need to work with the demon in order to dissolve it. we need to steal the fire from the devil. quinta: el quinto grado de integraci n representa a todo aqu l ser humano perfecto. sexta: compasi n universal infinita. s ptima: la s ptima etapa definitiva s lo es posible en los hombres dioses. esos son los s per-hombres. el m


WESTERN MANDALAS OF TRANSFORMATION SR AL

peramos que t, amigo, como buen lector, sepas encontrar en este tesoro que ahora est en tus manos, la felicidad, la dicha y la paz que queremos para todos los seres. si lo desechas por no encontrar en l algo que te inquiete, no seas ego sta, piensa que el que est a tu lado lo necesita. que vuestro padre que esta en secreto y que vuestra divina madre kundalini os bendigan. samael aun weor ha cross the threshold to the future of magic once the exclusive secret of the select few, the secrets of magical symbolism are now revealed in western mandalas of transformation. updated and refined through practical experience, the full range of talismans, mandalas, flashing tablets, kameas, sigils, and seals are made understandable and readily available to you. numerous illustrations demonstrate how to

to establish a relationship with these 231 gates by making flashing color tablets of these letters and it would serve as a very useful meditation exercise. one can also substitute tarot keys, since in case's interpretation they evoke the same energy. the revelations connected to these particular pairs of gates are seldom written about because the aspirant needs to discover them him or herself. at the threshold, one must forge one's own tools. it must be understood that daath is not meant here to supplant chesed as the fourth sephira; it is simply an alternate method of pairing the spheres with the gates represented by the mystical combinations of the letters. in the kabbala denudata, the spheres have their own names using the letters in this way (e. g. al, bam, gan, das, etc) as well as th


WICCA EIGHT SABBATS OF WITCHCRAFT

it is also, more importantly, the end of the old year and the beginning of the new. celtic new year's eve, when the new year begins with the onset of the dark phase of the year, just as the new day begins at sundown. there are many representations of celtic gods with two faces, and it surely must have been one of them who held sway over samhain. like his greek counterpart janus, he would straddle the threshold, one face turned toward the past in commemoration of those who died during the last year, and one face gazing hopefully toward the future, mystic eyes attempting to pierce the veil and divine what the coming year holds. these two themes, celebrating the dead and divining the future, are inexorably intertwined in samhain, as they are likely to be in any new year's celebration. as a fe


WOLFSON ELLIOT ALEF MEM TAU KABBALISTIC MUSINGS ON TIME TRUTH AND DEATH

he one way of concealment/unconcealment, for which the word al theia suggests our wresting ourselves away from contrary representations and the conquest of a unitary point of view. 109 the experience of time is intimately coupled with the computation of the mythic account of the psychic voyage,110 the verbal gesticulation that reveals the soul s passing through the gates of night and day to cross the threshold from the way of seeming to the way of truth, the flight of mind from transient objects of sense (aistheta) to eternal objects of contemplation (noeton).111 there is much to say about parmenides and his impact on the history of western philosophy, but most relevant here is the point that plotinus s demarcation of soul as the locus for the measure of time may be viewed as an embellishm

ale to the male in the form linear circularity (a)temporal poetics 105 of the sign of circumcision, zo t reincorporated into zeh. the containment of the female in the male ensures that boundaries will not be traversed and that the distinction between holy and unholy will be preserved. when the potentially threatening force of the unruly, transgressive feminine is properly reined in, then crossing the threshold at the propitious moment indeed, the moment is the threshold that one crosses, entering and departing not as sequential acts but as one contemporaneous gesture facilitates the meeting-point of time and space, a concurrence that bespeaks the mystery of prayer, which serves as a paradigm for human worship generally. in the words of shalom dov baer schneersohn, the worship of man is to


ZALEWSKI GOLDEN DAWN ENOCHIAN MAGIC OCR

wd business sense. 5 this gives access to hidden knowledge on water and minerals. 6 this gives control over aspects of the air spirits who control the seasons. 7 this also gives wisdom and hints at the first table, giving only the intellectual aspects of the same without the depth of this seventh table. these seven tables of the tabula collecta are analogous to the order formula of the enterer of the threshold, as laid down in the golden dawn z1 document "particular exordium" the number preceding the following quotes relates to the table number of the tabula collecta. the passage in italics shows the direct links to the meaning of the tables. 1. at the ending of the night: at the limits of light: tho-oth stood before the unborn ones of time. then was formulated the universe. the birth of w

the ending of the night: at the limits of light: tho-oth stood before the unborn ones of time. then was formulated the universe. the birth of wisdom and intelligence. 2. then came the gods thereof: the aeons of the bornless beyond. the establishment of a hierarchy. 3. then there was the voice vibrated. the power of speech. 4. then there was the name declared. which distinguishes all things. 5. at the threshold of the entrance. between the universe and the infinite. hidden knowledge. 6. in the sign of the enterer stood thoth. as before him the aeons were proclaimed. spirits of the air, time itself: 7. in breath he did vibrate them: in symbols he did record them. the wisdom of the written word. 83 the seven tablets of the tabula collecta form the 49 angels of light, or the bonorum, as they a


ZALEWSKI SECRET INNER ORDER RITUALS OF THE GOLDEN DAWN OCR

s mystic rites were practiced and its hidden knowledge communicated in the initiations of the various races of antiquity: egypt, eleusis, samothrace, persia, chaldea, and india alike cherished these mysteries, and thus handed down to posterity the secret wisdom of the ancient ages. this statement is one which comes home to every member of the 5=6 grade, for although one in that position is but on the threshold of genuinely serious occult study and development, it is easy enough to trace the masterful manner in which our mystic knowledge has been consolidated; and the essential unity of the system speaks eloquently of the wisdom which formulated it. albeit, the manner of its introduction into medieval europe is chiefly interesting to us. c.r. is the great figure-head around which has cluste

ws it through the loop and ankh. king of salam comes forward, raises him and hangs red star across his breast saying) kg "thy heart is as the heart of the lion. and the star of the king, even regulus shall burn upon thy breast (postulant turns back and is directed to approach the vault entrance where the scarlet mars on the green curtain hangs. he raises his lantern on high, lays his staff across the threshold before the curtain and cries) post "light to light and spirit to spirit. in the name that may not be uttered, i dedicate my spirit to the service of the most high (curtain is withdrawn. shekinah stands within the vault. her veil is thrown back, and she holds in both hands the crystal sphere upon which the sigil of the postulant is engraved) sh "i am he; and he is i, and lo, the creat

, takes the silver star and puts it about his brow, saying) sh "i have given unto thee the starry crown of aldebaran, that thou mayest pass onward into the heavenly path" point 3: postulant is directed to kneel in front of the vault entrance and draw the cowl of his pilgrim's robe over his eyes. there is a pause. at the end of this, the bell rings. postulant is raised to his feet and drawn across the threshold into the vault with the 70=40 grip. the brown cloak is taken from him and laid aside. at his feet is the cross of 6 squares; beyond this, the altar. kg "the father hath given commandment and the son hath made for me a spiritual body through his own soul. i am he who hath travelled far and who hath made pilgrimage among the stars of heaven, even the heart of the mother and she gave bo

"are you willing to receive this link, and never to reveal when, where, or from whom you have received it" postulant "i willingly accept the conditions and pledge my honour that i will faithfully observe them" chief adept "approach then the vault, my frater, and kneel within its threshold while we invoke our father christian rosenkreutz" chiefs enter the vault and postulant follows and kneels on the threshold facing east. chief adept stands east of him, facing east. 2nd adept in s. east. 3rd adept in n. east. they stretch out their right hands towards the centre east holding their wands. chief adept "christian rosenkreutz" 2nd adept "christian rosenkreutz" 3rd adept "christian rosenkreutz" all "christian rosenkreutz, we invoke thee to manifest thyself and to transmit through us the etheri

ugh a hidden door, carrying a great dispensation for your advancement in a world unknown. give me the symbol which you received in the 4=7 grade. philosophus (who is prompted by the hegemony--master of the portal, they gave me the symbol of phrath, which is the fourth river of eden. celebrant--i testify that it is the path of samech, by which you are called to ascend from the order of the' se. to the threshold of the second order. it extends from the grade of theoricus, wherein you now stand, to the holy sephira tiphereth. return in your thoughts therein, because of the path which you must traverse. it is the path of a river of light; the temple is therefore in light; and your eyes are open. in front of you are the four tablets containing the divine names which have been bound about your p

celebrant take up the lamp of the hegemon, who has led you through the grades of your progress as a minister of mercy and a high priest of redemption. raise it to your own forehead, to signify the lifting up of the will as an eternal sacrifice. the hegemon draws the philosophus round the table and places him between the pillars. celebrant you stand now symbolically at the door of samech, which is the threshold of the 25th path. honourable frater hegemon, let the philosophus cross the threshold, showing that the door is open. the hegemon draws the philosophus through the pillars and returns to his seat. celebrant you will now circumambulate the temple once, proceeding on your path alone, slowly and reverently. follow the course of the sun; pause as the voices of the officers are raised in s

ese stages; but it is also a delineation of the path of descent into manifestation, when the soul had come forth from god. we are concerned with it, however, in the former aspect, and you will see that the sephirotic scheme has three chief divisions, corresponding to the orders in our fraternity. with the first of them you are already familiar and with the sequence of grades therein. you stand on the threshold of the second, corresponding to tiphereth, geburah and chesed, the 5=6 grade of adeptus minor, the 6=5 grade, or that of adept us major, and the exaletd grade of 7=4, being that of adeptus exemptus. above these spheres there is the supernal triad, which involves the conception of a third order, subsisting in uttermost concealment like the sephiroth to which it is referred. in symboli

to chesed by another vertical path, to which is attributed the 13th key of the tarot, or that of the wheel of fortune. there is no ascent to the heights through this gate, either in the outer or inner order. there remain for your consideration the 24th, 25th and 26th paths, by which tiphareth is approached from netzach, yesod and hod, or the grade of adeptus minor from the grades which are below. the threshold of this exalted sphere is reached by the vertical path of samech, which you have just traversed symbolically. the gate by which it was entered is shown here in the east for purposes of convenience, in comparison with the other gates and paths. remember, it was by a vertical path that you passed from the sephira malkuth at the beginning of your journey upwards; it is by the correspond

nd i commend to you the saving sense of another and a new beginning. see that it is good and true within you, as it is true and holy without, in the world of symbols. so shall you be prepared to follow henceforth the high counsel of the purified life. the celebrant draws the philosophus a little nearer the east. celebrant i must now direct your consideration to the tarot symbols which stand about the threshold of adeptship as guardians of the three paths, communicating with the grade of tiphereth. by the hypothesis of the paths and the tree, it is possible to proceed from the 4=7 grade of netzach to that of 7=4 in chesed, as it is also from the 3=8 of hod to the 6=5 of geburah; but these modes of progress are forbidden by the laws of the hierarchy. for this reason the tarot keys attributed

rom the bondage of the elements. in conclusion as to this matter, the lamen which you wear offers certain analogies with that of the hiereus in the grades of the. that is also a sign of the rending, of the sacred triad of light formulated in the void of the darkness. it is further a synthesis of the paths which stand about the portal of the adepts. i have said that you have laid down the cross at the threshold of the gate of samech, but this is for a period only; it is again to be taken up, and it is now shown to you in the east, reposing on the breast of the messenger who has come to you from the grades beyond. i am sealed with the rosy cross, and you should know that the rose in its highest understanding is the divine principle operating in humanity and in you, so that sins which are sca

he eyes, so that the eyes see and the heart realises the eternal object of research. what was it that dawned upon the soul in the neophyte grade? the blind sense of want, a great desire, the sense of want, a longing for reality, the consciousness of darkness, and the first suggestion of twilight before morning. the path of search became a path of dedication, and that dedication has brought you to the threshold of higher light, where, in place of the desire of the spirit, you should enter into some realisation of the consciousness thereof. as a lord of the paths, you have traversed the path of temperance. take up that lamp which reposes now in the centre of the tablet of union (this is done by the philosophus) raise it again to your forehead (this is also done) go up to the altar of god (th

luminans, the lord himself enlighten thee. this is thine offering. the lord thy god accept thee. this is conformity. the celebrant resumes his seat. celebrant it is by such sacrifice that those who are called to the knowledge on this earth of the life of life become elect thereto; those who are chosen become heirs at law, and the heirs enter into their heritage. you have now made your offering on the threshold of the inner temple. this is the court of its tabernacle. the years of strife are ended. i have prayed for peace in all your habitations; the price is paid. may the peace that is signed in heaven be declared also on earth. the time of probation is over. i have come through a gate of peace; behold, i have come quickly, lest your steps should err in the paths. come hither. the door is

the gate of samech and have been admitted to the portal of the adepts. the celebrant takes the hand of the philosophus and draws him round so that he faces to the west. celebrant to all who have entered that portal; to the fratres et sorores in all grades of adeptship, i proclaim that the honoured prater adveniat regnum (vel alius) is a lord of the 24th, 25th and 26th paths and that he stands on the threshold of tiphereth. the celebrant resumes his seat. celebrant you will now take your place among the brethren of the second order in the east of the temple. the philosophus is directed accordingly, and when he is seated: celebrant fratres et sorores, when the veil of the tabernacle is parted by reverend and holy hands moving from within, the holy voice says unto each in this order: come in


ZOETIC GRIMOIRE OF ZOS

eautiful unto the grotesque. whom thou succour hath no sterility. i am reborn and reborn into desirous becomings: i have recreated my soul by birthing pleasure. through thee my will, desire, belief and word become the law that carries me into the catastrophic beyond becoming: thou the emissary of neither-neither! ever silent watcher! thou hast shown me the new sexualities and all the mysteries of the threshold! only thee i adore in my soul and my everlasting body. alpha-omega amen! evocation o mighty rehctaw! thou who exists in all erogenousnesses we evoke thee! by the power of the meanings arising from these forms i make we evoke thee! by the talismans that speak the secret leitmotif of desire we evoke thee! by the sacrifices, abstinences and transvaluations we make we evoke thee! by the


ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

sterious group of individuals known as the brotherhood of the horseman s word. in other parts of britain, horse handlers with the secret were said to practice horse-whispering. it has been suggested that the secret was in substances with an attractive smell for the horse, and that the whispering was simply a blowing in the ear of the animal. horseshoes in the middle ages horseshoes were nailed on the thresholds of homes to keep out witches. the significance of the horseshoe, however, is probably of more ancient origin, possibly being related to the two-horn shape that was believed to repel the evil eye in more ancient civilizations. this shape may have derived from a belief in animal horns as a symbol of good fortune. iron as a metal is also traditionally believed to repel witches, fairies


ISIS UNVEILED

ing to reveal all that is desirable to know it" falls back into mysterious formulas, in combinations of magical and occult letters, the secret of which it has been impossible for us to penetrate" etc. the fakirs, although they can never reach beyond the first degree of initiation, are nevertheless the only agents between the hving world and the 'silent brothers' or those initiates who never cross the thresholds c^ their sacred dwellings. the fukard-yogia belong to the temples, and who knows but these cenobites of the sanctuary have far more to do with the psychological phenomena which attend the fakirs, and have been so graphically described by jacouiot, than the pitria them- selves? who can tell but that the fluidic specter of the ancient brahmana seen by jacouiot was the scin-lecca, the


RUBY TABLET OF SET

n the innermost self. in order to accomplish this aim, component parts of darkness are explored, analyzed, and through a kind of alchemical process, resynthesized in a willed form. at the core of the psyche lie keys to unlock these mysteries of the self. perils wait for the unsuspecting, however, and dangerous are the guardians of your secrets. in order to pass through these doors, the lurkers on the thresholds require a gift- some effort of self-understanding. the waters of the well-springs are not offerred without peril. the black magician seeks to be able to partake of the grail's essence of darkness without drowning in the waters. each initiate is asked to bring two small drinking vessels to the ceremony. all participants should remain seated throughout the opening formula. after the e


THE HOLY BIBLE KING JAMES VERSION

onicles, even until the days of johanan the son of eliashib. 12:24 and the chief of the levites: hashabiah, sherebiah, and jeshua the son of kadmiel, with their brethren over against them, to praise [and] to give thanks, according to the commandment of david the man of god, ward over against ward. 12:25 mattaniah, and bakbukiah, obadiah, meshullam, talmon, akkub [were] porters keeping the ward at the thresholds of the gates. 12:26 these [were] in the days of joiakim the son of jeshua, the son of jozadak, and in the days of nehemiah the governor, and of ezra the priest, the scribe. 12:27 and at the dedication of the wall of jerusalem they sought the levites out of all their places, to bring them to jerusalem, to keep the dedication with gladness, both with thanksgivings, and with singing [w

, ye [shall be] slain by my sword. 2:13 and he will stretch out his hand against the north, and destroy assyria; and will make nineveh a desolation [and] dry like a wilderness. 2:14 and flocks shall lie down in the midst of her, all the beasts of the nations: both the cormorant and the bittern shall lodge in the upper lintels of it [their] voice shall sing in the windows; desolation [shall be] in the thresholds: for he shall uncover the cedar work. 2:15 this [is] the rejoicing city that dwelt carelessly, that said in her heart, i [am] and [there is] none beside me: how is she become a desolation, a place for beasts to lie down in! every one that passeth by her shall hiss [and] wag his hand. 3:1 woe to her that is filthy and polluted, to the oppressing city! 3:2 she obeyed not the voice; sh

Return to Occult Library Index



Related Matches
abyss active adept adonai aeons age ages air ancient angel angels aspirant astral birth black brother brothers brotherhood chamber chaos child children christ christian circle conscious consciousness cosmic cross darkness dead death degree deity devil disciple discipleship divine earth east elements energy esoteric eternal etheric evil evolutionary existence eye fallen father fear fears fire force forces form forms gate gates glamour gnostic god gods golden guardian heart heaven hebrew hell hierarchy hierophant history holy human humanity illusion infernal infinite initiate initiates initiation initiations intellect intelligence intuition israel key king kingdom knowledge living lodge logos lord lucifer lucis lunar magic magical magician manifestation material matter meditation medium mental mind modern mother mysteries mystic natural nature neophyte occult order paths people physical pillar plane planes planetary planet power powers psychic psychology reality realm red religion revelation ritual sacred satan satanic saturn sea secret set seven society solar soul souls sphere spirit spirits spiritual state sun supreme sword symbol symbols temple thoth three tradition tree truth universe veil war watcher water waters white wisdom witches world worlds


http://www.hollywoodinsiders.net
MWLibCreator Ver.2 By:Michael Wynn